manualshive.com logo in svg

NEC SV8300, Command Manual

The NEC SV8300 Administration Manual is an essential resource for users seeking detailed insights into the functionality and management of this powerful communication system. Download this comprehensive manual for free from manualshive.com and unlock the key to maximizing the potential of your NEC SV8300.

Share
Download
background image

3-133

NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1

91ch3001.fm

COMMAND CODE TITLE:

UPDATING OF IP STATION FIRMWARE/REMOTE SYSTEM 
UPGRADE

0C

: Default

Y

1ST DATA

2ND DATA

No.

MEANING

DATA

MEANING

DATA

MEANING

52

Remote System 
Upgrade

XX00

Execute CPU pro-
gram download

XX: Unit No. 

(01-50)

0
1

3

YYYY MM 
DD HH mm

CCC

Start to download
Now downloading
Not executed
Download time
YYYY: Year (2011-2099)
MM

: Month (01-12)

DD

: Date (01-31)

HH

: Hour (00-23)

mm

: Minutes (00-59)

Interrupt downloading/Download 
time clear

NOTE 1:

You can download the CPU programs while the system is operating. The down-
loaded program is stored in flash memory of CPU blade.

NOTE 2:

The second data 0 can be set only when the CPU program download is not exe-
cuted (second data status is 3) and the system data backup is not being executed.

NOTE 3:

The second data XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) can be set only when the 
CPU program download is not executed (second data status is 3) and the system 
data backup is not being executed.

NOTE 4:

While the CPU program is being downloaded (second data status 0), you can in-
put CCC to interrupt the program download.
If you do that, the second data is changed from 1 (Now downloading) to 3 (Not 
executed), and the CPU program that has been downloaded disappears.
Execute the CPU program download again, if required.

NOTE 5:

While the CPU program is being downloaded, you cannot input any command 
other than CCC. If you do that, “WAIT, BUSY NOW” is displayed.

NOTE 6:

The download time can be canceled by inputting CCC when the second data 
XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) is displayed.

NOTE 7:

Execute the changeover of CPU program, after the CPU program download is 
completed.

NOTE 8:

When the communication between Main Unit-Remote Unit/Primary Unit-
Secondary Unit cannot operate normally, “HARDWARE ERROR” is displayed.

Continued on next page

JUNE/15/2011

CM0C

Summary of Contents for SV8300

Page 1: ...Command Manual NWA 033623 001 ISSUE 8 1 ...

Page 2: ...oration has prepared this document for use by its employ ees and customers The information contained herein is the property of NEC Corporation and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval from NEC Corporation Dterm is registered trademarks of NEC Corporation PCPro is a trademark of NEC Corporation Copyright 2012 NEC Corporation ...

Page 3: ... 1 16 NOTICE ON CAT MODE 1 18 CAT OPERATION 1 24 ERROR MESSAGES 1 28 Chapter 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS 2 2 METHOD OF SETTING ON LINE OFF LINE MODE 2 6 FOR CPU BLADE 2 6 METHOD OF SYSTEM DATA SRAM DATA ALL CLEAR 2 8 PASSWORD ENTRY 2 9 NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT 2 11 SYSTEM DATA BACKUP 2 12 Chapter 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER 3 2 CM00 SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR SRAM...

Page 4: ...N STATION NUMBER 3 223 CM1B ISDN TELEPHONE MULTIPOINT STATION NUMBER 3 225 CM1D PS ID ASSIGNMENT PS STANDARD SIP STATION OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD 3 226 CM20 NUMBERING PLAN SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE PROGRAMMABLE 3 229 CM21 SINGLE DIGIT ACCESS CODE 3 246 CM22 ROUTE ADVANCE 3 247 CM23 TENANT DEVELOPMENT 3 248 CM25 KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL DEVELOPMENT 3 249 CM29 NUMBERING PLAN TENANT GROUP 3 250...

Page 5: ...NE DELAYED HOTLINE 3 422 CM53 TRUNK ANSWER FROM ANY STATION RESTRICTION 3 424 CM56 PAGING GROUP INTERCOM GROUP 3 425 CM57 GROUP CALL MY LINE NUMBER THAT DISPLAYS THE CALLING NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER WITHIN THE CONFERENCE GROUP CONFERENCE PILOT STATION FOR THE OUTGOING CALL PILOT STATION FOR THE SERVICE ORIGINATING CALL FOR EACH TENANT SUITE ROOM GROUP NUMBER 3 427 CM58 LDN DIVERSION 3 429 CM59 TAS ACD...

Page 6: ...3 545 CM90 ADD ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT 3 555 CM93 PRIME LINE 3 557 CM94 MULTILINE TERMINAL ONE TOUCH MEMORY 3 558 CM96 DSS CONSOLE NUMBER 3 559 CM97 DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT 3 560 CM98 ADD ON MODULE NUMBER 3 562 CM9A MULTILINE TERMINAL SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT 3 563 CM9B EVENT OCCURRENCE NOTICE BUTTON ASSIGNMENT 3 570 CM9C DESI LESS LCD 3 571 CMA7 CCIS CHANNEL IP TRUNK SIP TRUNK DATA 1 3 573 CMA8 CC...

Page 7: ...INFORMATION STORE DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 3 663 CMEC MAINTENANCE BY PCPro CAT 3 681 CMEE APPLICATION BLADE DATA ASSIGNMENT 3 690 CMF0 CPU MEMORY DUMP 3 692 CMF1 CPU MEMORY READ WRITE 3 692 CMF5 LINE TRUNK MEMORY ALARM MEMORY READ 3 693 CMF6 ONLINE MP FP COMMAND OUTPUT 3 699 CMF7 HIGHWAY CHANNEL MEMORY READ REASSIGNMENT 3 700 CMF8 OPTION VALUE READ 3 703 CMFA IP STATION APPARATUS INFORMATION 3 705 CMFB R...

Page 8: ...vi NWA 033623 001 Rev 8 1 91toc001 fm THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY ...

Page 9: ...DUCTION 1 NWA 033623 001 Rev 8 1 91ch0001 fm PURPOSE INTRODUCTION PURPOSE This manual explains all of the commands required for programming the SV8300 using the Customer Administration Terminal CAT or PCPro ...

Page 10: ...PBX CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION This chapter explains precautions for using commands such as condition for using commands method of setting on line off line mode method of system data SRAM data all clear port allocation password entry and nation code assignment CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION This chapter explains the function precaution assignment procedure and data table of each command APPENDIX A TERMIN...

Page 11: ...systems they are designated as follows SV8300 UNIVERGE SV8300 SV8500 UNIVERGE SV8500 SV7000 UNIVERGE SV7000 2000 IPS NEAX 2000 IPS INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVER 2400 IPX NEAX 2400 IPX Internet Protocol eXchange ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME Attendant Console is usually designated as Attendant Console When the console type is limited by a service it is designated as follows DESKCON Desk Console SN716 DESKCON J...

Page 12: ...s users with all features currently available in IP Station TERMINAL NAME PRODUCT NAME Multiline Terminal Digital Multiline Terminal Dterm Dterm70 Elite Dterm75 Series E Dterm 85 Series i DT300 Series DT310 DT330 IP Station IP Multiline Terminal IP Enabled Digital Multiline Terminal North America only Dterm 75 Series E IP Adapter Type Dterm 85 Series i IP Adapter Type Dterm IP INASET Dterm IP Dter...

Page 13: ...New Zealand Brazil Only Brazil UK Chinese No 1 Europe Only For China For EU For PCS France Only Latin America Only Mexico Only New Zealand Only North America Only North America Latin America North America EU Not used in Australia North America Not used in Australia North America UK Not used in North America Other than Australia Other than EU Other than New Zealand Other than North America Other th...

Page 14: ...the system description and the programming procedure for the CCIS Q SIG and Remote UNIT over IP System System Data Programming Manual Contains the Customer Specifications Sheets and the System Data Programming Sheets PC Programming Manual Contains the functional description and the installation procedure for the PCPro System Hardware Manual Contains the installation procedure for the PBX system an...

Page 15: ...23 001 Rev 8 1 91ch1001 fm UNIVERGE SV8300 Command Manual Chapter 1 HOW TO USE CAT This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Ter minal CAT which is used as the man machine interface with the PBX ...

Page 16: ...PBX via the system CPU blade The PCPro PC must have the PCPro program properly installed to communicate with the PBX The PCPro is required for system software registration and activation The PCPro program is a Graphical User Interface GUI program that provides an efficient method for ma nipulating the PBX database This program contains extensive help files Usage Wizards and Tool Tips with hyperlin...

Page 17: ...tion Keys Page 1 15 CAT key assignment is different between 8300R2 software or before and 8300R3 software or later Set CM08 911 to 0 when CAT key assignment of 8300R2 software or before is used CM08 911 Layout the key on CAT mode 8300R3 2nd data 0 Old layout 8300R2 or before 1 New layout 8300R3 or later NOTE Only New layout can be used regardless of this command when using DT330 DESI less or DT730...

Page 18: ...y Assignment Old layout NOTE The keys marked by are available when using 8300R2 software or later Continued on next page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A 0 B DE S DE S EXE CE ST DT300 DT700 Series For 8300R1 A B C D EXE ST DE E CE F S For 8300R2 software or later A B C D ST EXE CE S DE E F JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 19: ...ment Old layout NOTE The keys marked by are available when using 8300R2 software or later Continued on next page 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 S CE ST EXE DE Exit Help Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message DTR 32D 1 A B C D E F ST EXE CE S DE DE A B DE JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 20: ...Trunk Feature Keys 16 One Touch Keys CM12 Y 24 2nd data 7 CAT Key Assignment Old layout NOTE The keys marked by are available when using 8300R2 software or later Continued on next page NEC Exit Help A B C D E F ST EXE CE S DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A 0 B DE EXE ST CE S MIC DTP 32D 1 JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 21: ... Trunk Feature Keys 8 One Touch Keys CM12 Y 24 2nd data 0 CAT Key Assignment Old layout NOTE The keys marked by are available when using 8300R2 software or later Continued on next page NEC Exit Help A B C D E F ST EXE CE S DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A 0 B DE EXE ST CE S MIC DTP 32D 1 JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 22: ...91ch1001 fm CAT KEY FUNCTIONS CAT Key Assignment New layout NOTE The keys marked by are not available when using 12 keys kit Continued on next page A ST B EXE C CE D E F S DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A 0 B DE S CE DE S EXE ST ST DT300 DT700 Series JUNE 15 2011 ...

Page 23: ...k Feature Keys 16 One Touch Keys CM12 Y 24 2nd data 7 CAT Key Assignment New layout Continued on next page 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 S CE ST EXE DE Exit Help Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message DTR 32D 1 A B C D E F ST EXE CE S DE DE A B DE ST JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 24: ...nk Feature Keys 8 One Touch Keys CM12 Y 24 2nd data 0 CAT Key Assignment New layout Continued on next page 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 S CE ST EXE DE Exit Help Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message DTR 32D 1 A B C D E F ST EXE CE S DE A B DE ST DE JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 25: ...CTIONS 16 Line Trunk Feature Keys 16 One Touch Keys CM12 Y 24 2nd data 7 24 Line Trunk Feature Keys 8 One Touch Keys CM12 Y 24 2nd data 0 CAT Key Assignment New layout NEC Exit Help A B C D E ST EXE CE S DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A 0 B DE EXE ST CE S MIC DTP 32D 1 ST F JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 26: ...minal soft key can be used when using 8300R3 software or later The screen transition of CAT key assignment is as follows Multiline terminal except DESI less DT330 DESI less DT730 DESI less DT710 DESI less DT750 When starting CAT mode When setting the command code or the first data When error occurred after setting the first data ST CE DE A B C D E F CE S JUNE 15 2011 ...

Page 27: ...13 NWA 033623 001 Rev 8 1 91ch1001 fm CAT KEY FUNCTIONS Before setting the second data after setting the first data When setting the second data After setting the second data A B C D E F CE S CE A B C D E F EXE CE DE JULY 17 2009 ...

Page 28: ...Scroll Key DT710 DESI less can be displayed the front page only DT750 can be switched LCD screens between the front page and the fourth page with a touch of the number key 1 4 in the center of the LCD screen Front page Third page Second page Fourth page NOTE Soft keys of Multiline Terminals can be used on CAT mode even if the second data of CM12 Y 22 is set to 0 not available 1 2 3 4 ST Start CE C...

Page 29: ...entered between two different data such as first second data For example CM72 Display of previous data Step backward Cancel of one character out of the entered data Back space DE Data End to be entered at the end of the command code or at the end of each data entry Period to be entered when setting the IP address DIGIT KEY MEANING 0 9 A F Data Data is entered by hexadecimal code 0 F A As a dial di...

Page 30: ... MODE is displayed on LCD NOTE CAT mode is not available when preset dialing on the terminal is restricted set by CM15 Y 212 0 For Dterm 70 Elite Dterm 75 Series E Dterm 85 Series i 1 Press 5 Press Conf lamp flashes 2 Press 6 Press Conf lamp flashes Conf Speaker Answer lamp on 3 Press CAT MODE is displayed on LCD Conf lamp off 7 Press 4 Press COMMAND is displayed on LCD NOTE Step 1 through 6 need ...

Page 31: ...CEDURE To clear the CAT mode For DT300 DT700 Series Dterm 70 Elite Dterm 75 Series E Dterm 85 Series i 1 Press EXIT key while COMMAND is displayed on the LCD or 1 Lift handset Off Hook Speaker lamp off 2 Replace handset On Hook Conf Answer lamps off LCD returns to clock JANUARY 14 2011 ...

Page 32: ...UN LED and SYSD LED go off and ALM LED lights if the loading of the standard system data fails In that case retry the above procedure 3 4 NOTE 1 All pre set data is deleted when loading the standard system data NOTE 2 When a call is connected to a line at loading the standard system data the call is disconnected at the point of pressing the RESET switch NOTE 3 Pre registered license data is mainta...

Page 33: ...nce Port of Unit No 01 01 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask of Maintenance Port of Unit No 01 42 3410 UDP port number between active CPU and Stand by CPU 140 192 168 1 101 IP address of Maintenance Port of Stand by CPU 002 00 192 168 1 2 IP address of Maintenance Port of Unit No 02 01 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask of Maintenance Port of Unit No 02 003 00 192 168 1 3 IP address of Maintenance Port of Unit No 0...

Page 34: ...or control packet of Unit No 03 01 255 255 0 0 Subnet Mask of VOIP Port for con trol packet of Unit No 03 104 00 172 16 4 1 IP address of VOIP Port for control packet of Unit No 04 01 255 255 0 0 Subnet Mask of VOIP Port for con trol packet of Unit No 04 201 00 172 16 1 2 IP address 1 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 01 20 172 16 1 3 IP address 2 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No ...

Page 35: ... for voice control of Unit No 02 22 172 16 2 5 IP address 4 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 02 23 172 16 2 6 IP address 5 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 02 24 172 16 2 7 IP address 6 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 02 25 172 16 2 8 IP address 7 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 02 26 172 16 2 9 IP address 8 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 02 203 00 ...

Page 36: ... of Unit No 04 20 172 16 4 3 IP address 2 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 04 21 172 16 4 4 IP address 3 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 04 22 172 16 4 5 IP address 4 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 04 23 172 16 4 6 IP address 5 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 04 24 172 16 4 7 IP address 6 of VOIP Port for voice control of Unit No 04 25 172 16 4 8 IP address ...

Page 37: ...of Multiline Terminals that can be placed into CAT mode at the same time is two If no key operation is executed for about 10 minutes the CAT mode is canceled 5 When a Multiline terminal is displayed COMMAND on CAT mode CAT mode is finished by pressing Exit key In other cases the behavior of pressing EXIT key is similar to the behavior of pressing key 6 Soft Phone cannot be used for CAT 7 CAT and D...

Page 38: ...second data is displayed on the LCD If the second data is not assigned yet either the default value or NONE is displayed 2 To assign change the system data Command Code First Data Second Data With pressed OK is displayed on the LCD To confirm the data assigned press after entering the fist data 3 Use of button and button If is pressed after setting the second data after has been pressed the next f...

Page 39: ...s operation is for confirming the data assignment You can omit this step STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 6 STEP 7 STEP 8 STEP 9 STEP 10 STEP 11 STEP 12 STEP 13 STEP 14 Set CAT mode Press ST Enter 1000 Command Code Press DE Enter 010101 Physical Port No Press DE Enter 300 Station Number Press EXE Press DE Press S Enter 301 Station Number Press EXE Press DE Lift handset then replace it CAT M...

Page 40: ...ended STEP3 010102 has been assigned as the first data after pressing STEP4 If is pressed the state returns to that of Step 1 STEP5 Enter 010101 STEP6 Press and assign the correct first data If in Step 11 in the above 1 example when 302 has been entered instead of 301 press Then the cursor moves to the position of 2 STEP1 In Step 11 enter 302 instead of 301 as intended STEP2 Press STEP3 Press digi...

Page 41: ... Physical Port No 010101 after completing all the operation in the above 1 example STEP1 Press STEP2 Enter 1000 Command Code STEP3 Press STEP4 Enter Physical Port No 010101 STEP5 Press STEP6 Enter CCC STEP7 Press STEP8 Press ST COMMAND COMMAND 10 DE 1000 1000 010101 DE 1000 010101 300 1000 010101 300 CCC EXE OK DE 1000 010101 NONE ...

Page 42: ...number of digits of the first data entered SD DIGIT ERROR 0 DIGIT ERROR 0 NOTE Error in the number of digits of the second data entered FD DATA ERROR 0 DATA ERROR 0 NOTE The value of the first data entered is incorrect SD DATA ERROR 0 DATA ERROR 0 NOTE The value of the second data entered is incorrect CM CODE NOT ALLOWED CODE NOT ALLOWED NOTE Command which is not allowed in the current status for ...

Page 43: ...ord is needed SD CODE NOT USED CODE NOT USED NOTE The second data entered is not in use or password is needed Depress ST or CE and enter the correct data DATA NOT FOUND A station number not assigned has been entered WAIT BUSY NOW The station or trunk for which data is to be changed is busy Wait until it becomes idle ASSIGNED ALREADY This error message is displayed when not enough digits are entere...

Page 44: ...esent data by entering CCC or enter the correct data SEE CMxx YYYY Double assigned error of the same station number or trunk number The station number or trunk number intended is already assigned to first data YYYY of CMxx Confirm USE CMxxxx The data is already assigned by another command The command code and YY number already assigned are displayed Con firm TRK NOT ASSIGNED The designated trunk i...

Page 45: ...l Chapter 2 PRECAUTION This chapter explains precautions for using commands such as conditions for using commands method of setting on line off line mode method of system data SRAM data all clear port allocation password entry and nation code assignment JANUARY 14 2011 ...

Page 46: ...gned changed unless the system is in off line mode a state in which call processing is at a halt These commands are shown in the following table categorized according to the conditions for their use 2 When deleting data in any command enter CCC as the 2nd data However data in the following commands cannot be deleted Commands where the default is provided but the default is NONE CM29 CM41 CM42 CM60...

Page 47: ...CM08 335 391 420 592 909 Basic Services CM0B Y 0XX Y 1XX 00 02 09 20 30 40 43 50 52 60 61 66 70 80 84 143 Y 2XX 00 20 26 40 91 Y 000 LAN Data Assignment CM10 Y 00 DXXX Y 03 NOTE 2 Station Number Trunk Number Blade Num ber CM30 Y 00 35 Trunk Data CM31 Y 0 1 3 B MFC MF ANI Trunk Data CM41 Y 0 123 151 153 System Timer Data CM42 66 System Counter Data Pad Data Trunk Restriction Class Conversion Codec ...

Page 48: ...g of System Services CM05 Y 0 1 Blade Type Trunk Blade Number Highway Channel for ISDN Data Communication CM08 644 Basic Services CM10 Y 00 DXXX E000 E007 NOTE 1 Station Number Trunk Number Blade Num ber CM13 Y 32 33 63 Station Class 2 CM30 Y 00 Trunk Data CM35 Y 001 009 020 023 025 079 089 104 105 113 129 144 291 NOTE 2 Trunk Route Data CM41 Y 0 38 142 Y 1 20 22 23 Y 2 50 77 80 87 Y 3 20 26 30 44...

Page 49: ...LINE MODE Page 2 6 NOTE CM00 System Data Memory All Clear SRAM Clear CM01 System Data Memory Partial Clear CM0B Y 000 LAN Data Assignment CM4A Y 90 Day Night Mode Change by System Clock Automatic RC DND Mode Select by System Clock CMEC Y 7 Maintenance by PCPro CAT Commands which require a reset of the IPT P2P CCIS after data setting Executed by CME0 Y 5 01 CM0B Y 1XX 34 35 LAN Data Assignment CM10...

Page 50: ...CPU will reset automatically after SENSE switch is set to 0 4 The conditions under off line mode are as follows 1 All stations are not available when this setting is made only the station call via PFT connection is available 2 All trunks are not available when this setting is made 3 PCPro can be connected by either IP connection or RS 232 connection 4 IP connection is available only for PCPro IP c...

Page 51: ... IP CONNECTION ETHERNET VOIP port Data speed 9600 bps Data length 8 bits Parity None Stop bit length 2 bits Maintenance port Data speed Auto Negotiation IP address Unit No 01 50 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway None PCPro connection port 60000 VOIP port Data speed Auto Negotiation IP address None Subnet Mask None Default Gateway None PCPro connection port 60000 RS 233 CONNECTI...

Page 52: ...M DATA ALL CLEAR When starting up the system firstly adding on a unit replacing the CPU or all the system data and SRAM data must be cleared STEP1 Make the system off line mode STEP2 Clear all the system data by CM00 1 CCC STEP3 Clear all the SRAM data by CM00 02 CCC STEP4 Backup the system data by CMEC Y 6 0 0 JANUARY 14 2011 ...

Page 53: ...assword Level is determined by system data The procedure for programming with password is shown below STEP1 Connect the PCPro to the system and turn the power switch on For the CAT change the mode to CAT STEP2 Enter the password assigned by CME9 0 7 by CM03 Operation OK will be displayed if accepted In case of DATA ERROR the password is incorrect STEP3 Start programming STEP4 When programming is c...

Page 54: ...ple for the Password Level Table Example of Password Level Assignment NOTE All Levels can access CM03 MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL PASSWORD LEVEL ACCESIBLE COMMANDS A B C D E F Level 7 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Level 0 All commands CM05 08 0B 13 15 30 35 36 CM08 0B 13 15 30 35 CM10 11 30 35 CM10 11 CM10 ...

Page 55: ...hown below Users in Australia Users in New Zealand NOTE 1 System reset is required after changing the command data NOTE 2 Default of CM31 Y 0 0 depends on each nation code of the CPU program as follows For Australia NZ 01 For North America 03 For Asia Africa Europe Latin America Middle East Russia 04 NOTE 3 In case of EU the default of CM31 Y 0 0 is same as North America nation code 03 Therefore y...

Page 56: ...e system data backup before the following operations Turning Off the system System Reset reset of CPU blade Changing the CPU blade to Off Line Mode Changing the CPU blade to On Line Mode after system data setting under Off Line Mode You can execute the system data backup by the following two ways Executing the system data backup once a day at the time set by CM43 Y 5 00 If no data is set the defau...

Page 57: ... UNIVERGE SV8300 Command Manual Chapter 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION This chapter explains the function precaution assignment proce dure and data table of each command Explanations are given in numerical and alphabetical order of the command code ...

Page 58: ...tomatically loaded into the memory after system reset by setting position A on SENSE switch of the CPU followed by a reset Commands which require a reset of the CPU blade after data setting Commands which can be used only under Off Line mode of the CPU blade To set Off Line mode 1 Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade to E or F 2 Press RESET switch on the CPU blade Commands which require a reset of th...

Page 59: ... is not available with a CAT To clear all system data set SENSE switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01 to A and depress RESET switch on the CPU blade accommodate in Unit01 In this case the only functional port is Physical Port No 010101 or Virtual Port No 0000 which is assigned as a CAT 5 The SRAM area data which is cleared by CM00 02 10 11 is as follows ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE OFF LINE Clear...

Page 60: ...cause of the battery backup for SRAM is effective for approximately one week the SRAM data is corrupted when SV8300 has been powered off for more than one week 10 Billing memory clear SRAM 8300R2 CCC Clear NOTE The charging data which are cleared by this command are as follows there is no charge Call charge printout display for individual station Call charge printout display for each tenant Call c...

Page 61: ...ering Plan Single Digit Feature Access Code CM21 Single Digit Access Code CM22 Route Advance CM23 Tenant Development CM25 Kind of Special Terminal Development CM29 Numbering Plan Tenant Group 2A CM2A ID Code Assignment with CPU Development Block Number Assignment for Each Calling Party Number 76 CM76 Digit Conversion on DID Call 770 CM77 Station Name Assignment To clear only for the station memory...

Page 62: ...to assign system clock data year date and time And this command is used to read out of the daylight saving time PRECAUTION The system clock starts when is pressed ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE 1 Setting of System Clock 2 Reading out of Daylight Saving Time EXE ST EXE 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 0 2 4 6 digits DE 02 ST 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 3 DE 02 JANUARY 31 2012 CM02 ...

Page 63: ...eadout data of this data is displayed as MM DD WWW for example this data is set to default readout data is displayed as 01 01 SAT 2 Setting of Time Hour Minute Second Hour information is set in military format 24 hour Example 2 p m is set as 140000 HHMMSS 000000 Time HH Hour 00 23 MM Minute 00 59 SS Second 00 59 00 00 00 NOTE Readout data of this data is displayed as HH MM SS for example this data...

Page 64: ...ng 2nd Data Time difference between the System Clock and UTC A2345 System Clock 23 45 A2330 System Clock 23 30 A2315 System Clock 23 15 A2300 System Clock 23 00 A0100 System Clock 01 00 A0045 System Clock 00 45 A0030 System Clock 00 30 A0015 System Clock 00 15 NONE No Time Zone No time difference B0015 System Clock 00 15 B0030 System Clock 00 30 B0045 System Clock 00 45 B0100 System Clock 01 00 B2...

Page 65: ...evel is set by CME9 The accessible commands for each level is set by CME7 2 OK is displayed when the log in is successful 3 For security purpose when a password is entered is displayed 4 The password mode is automatically logged out unless a command is entered within 10 minutes after logging in ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE To log in the password mode and enter the password To log off the password mode ST ...

Page 66: ...f Language Indicated Num ber the 32 Party Conference with Password Protection the Service Activation Dial for mobile phone in Mobility Access the A law µ law setting for each Unit the SMDR data output and the System Infor mation for Maintenance Report of PCPro PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 04YY 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 1 2 digits 1 64 digits DE JUNE 15 2011 CM04 ...

Page 67: ...se German Italian Netherlandish French Europe Spanish Europe Portuguese Europe Swedish Danish Catalan Russian Turkish 8300R6 Simplified Chinese 8300R7 Asia Traditional Chinese 8300R7 Asia English NOTE 1 When changing the data with online the data is valid after the DLC blade is unplugged and plugged in or pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Multiline Terminal NOTE 2 When this data ...

Page 68: ...s a 02 Default setting pattern for Multiline Terminal System Base See Fixed pattern and Programmable pattern 00 01 02 03 NONE Default setting is not provided Fixed pattern 2 Fixed pattern 3 Programmable pattern 1 As per CM90 Y 10 Fixed pattern 1 CM10 NOTE When this data is set to 0 Fixed keys Key No 90 98 are set the same as Fixed pattern 1 3 automatically Continued on next page JUNE 15 2011 CM04 ...

Page 69: ...or TDM System basis 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 NONE Japan North America Australia A law countries Hong Kong Malaysia Singapore UK Mexico Taiwan New Zealand Korea China Thailand Brazil Netherlands Germany Italy Austria Belgium Spain Sweden UK Denmark Greece Switzerland South Africa Russia As per CM31 Y 0 0 CM67 Y 13 Continued on next page For...

Page 70: ...ds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 5 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 second ON 4 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 secon...

Page 71: ...seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 5 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 second ON 4 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 4 25 s...

Page 72: ...seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 5 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 second ON 4 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 4 25 seconds OFF 1 sec...

Page 73: ...nds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 5 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 375 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 125 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 second ON 4 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 4 25 secon...

Page 74: ... Available Not available CM04 Y 01 06 NOTE This command is not effective for the SMDR 05 Destination to send a call information 0 1 7 SMDR terminal via LAN port PMS SMDR terminal via RS port 06 Destination to send a call information which received from Local Office 0 1 3 SMDR terminal via LAN port RS port To output to RS1 RS2 port set by CM40 Y 00 Not output CM04 Y 01 03 CM40 Y 00 07 SMDR Message ...

Page 75: ...16 party confer ence groups 16 16 One 32 party conference group 32 12 Store of SMDR billing data 8300R3 0 1 3 SRAM Maximum 27000 calls SRAM Maximum 12000 calls SDRAM 1023 calls CM08 896 NOTE 1 After change this data execute the SRAM memory clear by CM00 02 or CM00 11 When VRS built in CPU is used and this data is changed 3 to 1 SRAM memory clear is not required NOTE 2 Execute the SRAM area all cle...

Page 76: ... 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used DSP resource for Mobility Access is not used for a detection of Disabling service activation dial Hooking dial 02 Combination of lan guage indicated number and speech synthesis language 8300R2 1 9 Language indicated num ber 01 02 06 08 CCC NONE Japanese announcement English announcement Chinese announcement Korean announcement Clear English announcement CM04 Y 03 03 ...

Page 77: ...NONE Activation dial X 0 9 A B No data 1 Hooking dial NOTE When the disabling service activation 1st data 0 is dialed it is not possible to make the service activation effective during the call 10 13 A law µ law setting for the Main Unit Unit No 01 04 00 A law µ law for the Main Unit For EU For Asia 0 1 2 3 A law µ law Not used Depends on the CPU NOTE Set the same value as Remote Unit CM04 Y 14 59...

Page 78: ...nchronous signal for DTI PRT CCT Second priority 01 18 NONE Slot No No data NOTE 1 Assign this data when the system is a slave office and receives the clock syn chronization signal from the master office This data assignment is not required when the office is the master office NOTE 2 When using the ISDN network a system must be synchronized to ISDN clocks for preventing from noise during calling d...

Page 79: ...e Not available 99 Clear the destination of SMDR terminal RS Port 1 2 to send a call informa tion SRAM CCC Clear NOTE This data is available when CM04 Y 01 12 is set to 0 1 61 Destination of SMDR terminal LAN to send a call information SRAM 8300R3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 Station to station call Outgoing trunk call Abandoned outgoing trunk call Incoming trunk call Abandoned incoming trunk call Abandon...

Page 80: ...s data is available when CM04 Y 01 12 is set to 0 1 65 Destination send to a center office for Centralized Billing CCIS SRAM 8300R3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 Station to station call Outgoing trunk call Abandoned outgoing trunk call Incoming trunk call Abandoned incoming trunk call Abandoned incoming trunk call during station is busy Tandem call 0 1 Available Not available 99 Clear the destination send ...

Page 81: ... 10 11 12 16 17 18 19 System Name Customer Info Company Name Customer Info Dept Name 1 Customer Info Dept Name 2 Dealer Info Company Name Dealer Info Address 1 Dealer Info Address 2 Dealer Info TEL Dealer Info FAX Service Start Date Schedule date of replac ing UPS battery Schedule date of replac ing fan Maintenance item 1 Maintenance item 2 Maintenance item 3 Maintenance item 4 XX XX NONE Characte...

Page 82: ... 90 00 Key No 01 My Line number 90 00 Key No 02 32 NONE No data 90 00 Key No 90 F1015 Recall 90 00 Key No 91 F1011 Feature 90 00 Key No 92 F1012 Conf 90 00 Key No 93 F1000 Redial 90 00 Key No 94 F1016 Speaker 90 00 Key No 95 F4001 Answer 90 00 Key No 96 F1004 Transfer 90 00 Key No 97 F1010 Hold 90 00 Key No 98 F5015 Directory 90 00 Key No 99 F0A46 Message 90 01 Key No 00 32 90 99 3 Day Mode Ringin...

Page 83: ...dial 90 00 Key No 94 F1016 Speaker 90 00 Key No 95 F4001 Answer 90 00 Key No 96 F1004 Transfer 90 00 Key No 97 F1010 Hold 90 00 Key No 98 F5015 Directory 90 00 Key No 99 F0A46 Message 90 01 Key No 00 32 90 99 3 Day Mode Ringing Night Mode Ringing 90 02 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 No Delayed Ringing 90 03 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Call Indicator Lamp control is available 90 04 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Group Featur...

Page 84: ... No 94 F1016 Speaker 90 00 Key No 95 F4001 Answer 90 00 Key No 96 F1004 Transfer 90 00 Key No 97 F1010 Hold 90 00 Key No 98 F5015 Directory 90 00 Key No 99 F0A46 Message 90 01 Key No 00 32 90 99 3 Day Mode Ringing Night Mode Ringing 90 02 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 No Delayed Ringing 90 03 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Call Indicator Lamp control is available 90 04 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Group Feature Key is not p...

Page 85: ...0 00 32 NOTE 90 00 Key No 90 99 Second data of CM90 Y 10 90 99 NOTE 90 01 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Day Mode Ringing Night Mode No ringing 90 02 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 No Delayed Ringing 90 03 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Call Indicator Lamp control is available 90 04 Key No 00 32 90 99 1 Group Feature Key is not provided 93 My Line number My Line number 12 22 My Line number 1 Soft keys are available 12 23 My Li...

Page 86: ...TRUNK CHASSIS NUMBER 4 digits UNIT NUMBER Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Blade Type XX ZZ XX Unit No 01 50 ZZ Slot No 01 18 See About Unit number Slot number and Circuit number 10 Digital Line Circuit Blade for Multiline Terminal DSS Console DESKCON CD 8DLCA CD 16DLCA 20 Analog Line Circuit Blade for Single Line Telephone CD 4LCA CD 8LCA 21 LLC OPX Blade...

Page 87: ...next page Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Blade Type XX ZZ XX Unit No 01 50 ZZ Slot No 01 18 See About Unit number Slot number and Circuit number 32 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk Blade CD 4DIOPA 33 LD Trunk Blade CD 4DIOPA 40 Basic Rate 2B D Interface Trunk Blade CD 2BRIA 41 ISDN Primary Rate 23B D 30B D Interface Blade CD PRTA 42 CCIS 1 5 Mbps 2 Mbps Trunk...

Page 88: ...No data CMAA 2 Number of Highway channel for ISDN Data Communication 8300R3 XX Unit No 01 50 ZZ Line Trunk chas sis No 01 03 See About Unit number Slot number and Circuit number 01 16 NONE Number of Highway channel for ISDN Data Communication No data NOTE 1 Setting the Number of Highway channel to 16 is recommended when Highway channel of Line Trunk chassis remains NOTE 2 When the second data is N...

Page 89: ...endant Override Busy Verification 8300R2 0 1 Not available Available 014 Attendant Loop Release 8300R2 0 1 Available Not available 018 Attendant Night Transfer 8300R2 0 1 Not available Available See CM51 Y 13 026 Group Diversion 0 1 Available See CM16 Y 2 CM19 Y 6 Not available 028 C O to C O transfer by station or attendant NOTE This data is effective for C O trunks Ground Start Loop Start which ...

Page 90: ...ic Recall 8300R2 0 1 Not available Available 037 Select the detection method of incoming Ground Start trunks Ring signal NOTE This is useful when AC induction is present on Ground Start trunks 0 1 Detect only Ring cycle only Detect Ring cycle and Ground Lead 040 SMDR output for Tandem call 0 1 Available Not available 043 System Speed Dialing Security Stored number display on Mul tiline Terminal fo...

Page 91: ... station before a called station answers 0 1 Not available Available 063 Call transfer from a station before a called attendant answers 8300R2 0 1 Available Not available 067 Automatic Change of Night Service Attendant Overflow 8300R2 0 1 Available See CM30 Y 03 Not available 068 Camp On Tone sending to a busy station by Camp On 8300R2 0 1 Send out only once Repeat at 4 second intervals 069 When a...

Page 92: ...System 090 Loop on control after dialing for tandem connection when the incoming trunk cannot receive a release signal 0 1 Loop on is not provided Loop on is provided after an answer signal is detected Loop on is provided 094 Paging access tone sent to station 0 1 To send Not sent 095 Hook flash break pulse sent to Radio Paging equipment from station 0 1 To send Not sent 096 Hook flash break pulse...

Page 93: ...n with C O line Bro ker s Call 104 When CM08 103 0 Related command CM35 Y 148 0 1 The call with STA B is disconnected and STA A returns to the C O line Three Party Conference 109 Periodic record tone on live record 0 1 To send Not sent 110 1000 Slot Memory Block number 03 for Station Speed Dial ing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing 0 1 Available See CM20 Y 0 3 A150 Not available...

Page 94: ...ay Time to go back to Date and Time display after the call answered 0 1 10 seconds later 6 seconds later 121 Name Display Guest Name Display after the call answered 0 1 Until call finished As per CM08 120 123 When a station has originated a call to C O line via the trunk route assigned to 1 by CM35 Y 004 and answer signal has not been detected within the preprogrammed time after dialing a pseudo a...

Page 95: ...ultation Hold by Call Park System Tenant can be retrieved by pressing trunk line appearance key on Multiline Terminal 0 1 Not available Available 135 Periodic Time Indication Tone sending for C O Line connec tion See CM41 Y 0 09 0 1 To send Not sent 136 Periodic Time Indication Tone sending for Tie Line connection when CM08 135 0 See CM08 135 1 0 1 To send Not sent 137 Ringing signal for station a...

Page 96: ...n to Station connection 0 1 As per CM04 Y 00 06 As per CM04 Y 00 05 140 Message Waiting indication on both My Line and Sub Line of Multiline Terminal 0 1 Available Not available My Line Only 141 Recording Station to Station calls automatically See CM13 Y 23 CM76 Y 13 0 1 Start automatically Not available 142 Attendant access capability from the stations belonging to a tenant with no Attendant Cons...

Page 97: ...fective only when CM08 069 1 See CM08 069 0 1 Hearing busy tone Ineffective 149 In delay type paging when the paged party encounters a busy paging circuit Call Back is automatically set Applicable to both Radio Paging and Speaker Paging 0 1 Available Not available 150 Restriction of a station to station call between tenants by CM63 Y 1 is temporarily cancelled by means of external key 0 1 To cance...

Page 98: ...CM10 Y 00 When the second data is set to 1 Paging Answer Zone 0 9 assigned by CM20 Y 0 3 A070 A079 0 1 Available Not available 158 All Zone Internal Paging See CM56 Y 00 07 CM20 Y 0 3 A164 0 1 Not available Available 161 Transfer a trunk line placed in Consultation Hold by Trunk Direct Appearances Hold Transfer 0 1 Available Hold Transfer Not available Consultation Hold 162 Multiple Radio Paging a...

Page 99: ...eturn on Multiline Terminal 0 1 Not available Available 176 1000 Slot Memory Block number 02 for Station Speed Dial ing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing 0 1 Available See CM20 Y 0 3 A068 Not available 177 Last Number Call Last Number Redial for Single Line Tele phone 0 1 Available See CM20 Y 0 3 A069 Not available 179 Ringing cadence on Direct in Termination Other than North Am...

Page 100: ... being rung or while talking with another party 0 1 Not available Available 185 When the transferring station goes on hook before the called station answers for Call Transfer All Calls service if the trans ferred call remains unanswered for a preprogrammed duration the transferring station is recalled Recall timing See CM41 Y 0 07 0 1 Not available Available 187 Recall priority over Call Forwardin...

Page 101: ...t on Hotel printer and the report is sent to PMS when setting Do Not Disturb from guest station 0 1 Available Not available 204 Diversion display on Attendant Console 8300R2 0 1 Available Not available 205 LDN Diversion on Attendant Console 8300R2 See CM58 0 1 Available Not available 206 Trunk to Trunk transfer by an attendant before answer on the outgoing trunk 8300R2 0 1 Not available Available ...

Page 102: ...tation busy has dialed the same last digit again hearing busy tone 1 Ineffective 543 Whether the step call is to be restricted or not 1 Allowed NOTE 1 While the Multiline Terminal or DP telephone is holding the other call this feature is not available NOTE 2 While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call this feature is not available Access Code Service Calling Station Kind Attendant Console M...

Page 103: ... 215 When a ACD UCD station dials ACD UCD Busy out code after holding the call from C O Line DDD FX WATS on Consulta tion Hold See CM17 Y 5 0 1 ACD UCD station hears Service Set Tone and returns to the call by Switch Hook Flash The call is disconnected and the ACD UCD station hears ROT 216 Processor for Authorization Code Forced Account Code 0 1 To provide See CM2A Y 00 14 A0 Not provided OAI 217 ...

Page 104: ... set time 229 Choice of Night Service via DESKCON Programming Mode 0 1 Available Not available 232 Trunk access from station in Room Cutoff status 0 1 Restricted to C O only Restricted to all Trunk Route 233 Message Waiting lamp of calling station is extinguished when an attendant answers 8300R2 0 1 Available See CM13 Y 13 Not available 234 Deletion of Call History No Answer Message Waiting irresp...

Page 105: ...ant of the calling station or within the tenant of the DID Tie Line trunk Destination of DID Tie Line call transfer to an attendant by CM51 Y 00 01 03 04 in the system with multiple tenants and multiple console operation 8300R2 See CM51 Y 00 01 03 04 0 1 The call is routed to Attendant within the tenant of the called station The call is routed to Attendant within the tenant of the DID Tie Line tru...

Page 106: ...e monitoring of telephone conversations Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beeptones to notify all parties to the telephone conversation and or to obtain consent from all parties to the telephone conversation Some of these laws pro vide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone conversations 0 1 Not sent To send only once 262 Multiline...

Page 107: ...rge type DESKCON DSS Con sole or Multiline Terminal by station base or extension base NOTE 1 0 1 Station base Extension base 270 Voice Call when calling Multiline Terminal set to Voice First from single line telephone or Multiline Terminal without LCD 0 1 Not provided Busy Tone To provide 274 Line lockout indication on DSS Console 0 1 Available Not available 281 Maid Identification number used for...

Page 108: ...d Switch Hook Flash Call Hold access code Answer key Alternating between two calls by Switch Hook Flash Answer key 324 Direct In Termination Outside In the case of no release signal on incoming trunk and both answer and release signals on outgoing trunk 8300R2 0 1 After the outgoing trunk receives the response the tandem connection is allowed The tandem connection is restricted when the incoming t...

Page 109: ...ricted 362 Confirmation tone after dialing access code for Account Code Authorization Code Forced Account Code 0 1 No tone Service Set Tone 363 For Automated Attendant call caller dials while receiving message or music 0 1 Not allowed Allowed after receiving the message or music Allowed 365 Send Dial Tone when holding trunk by Hold key See CM90 Y 00 F0058 0 1 To send Not sent 367 Camp On Call Wait...

Page 110: ...rovided for the called station 0 1 To provide Not provided 380 Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the main PBX or Centrex Ringing is sent from Multiline Terminal until detection of the ringing frequency 0 1 As per CM08 381 As per CM35 Y 033 381 Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the main PBX or Centrex Ringing is sent from Multiline Terminal until ...

Page 111: ...ture key and dialing 3 NOTE 1 As per CM15 Y 083 084 093 CM35 Y 034 164 NOTE 2 391 Lamp indication on Multiline Terminal 0 1 Special Standard 392 Multiline Terminal ringing signal patterns for external call Other than North America 0 1 2 seconds ON 4 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 394 Message Waiting lamp indication of Single Line Lamp 0 1 Flashing 1 second ...

Page 112: ...a set by CM08 392 and 396 UNIT seconds PATTERN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CM08 392 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 CM08 396 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 CM08 397 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Internal Ringing 1ON 2OFF 1ON 2OFF 2ON 4OFF 2ON 4OFF 0 375ON 0 25OFF 0 375ON 2OFF 0 375ON 0 25OFF 0 375ON 2OFF 1ON 4OFF 0 25ON 0 25OFF 0 25ON 4 25OFF External Ringing 0 375ON 0 25OFF 0 375ON 2OFF 2ON 4OFF 0 375ON 0 25OFF 0 375ON 2OFF 2ON 4OFF 2ON 4OFF 2ON 4OFF 0...

Page 113: ...set the data to 0 0 1 To provide Not provided Multiline Terminal connection PAD For EU 0 1 With PAD Without PAD NOTE 1 CM08 398 0 With PAD is available for following countries Austria Belgium Denmark Germany Italy South Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland The Netherlands UK NOTE 2 CM08 398 1 Without PAD is available for following countries Brazil China International Continued on next page CM08 ...

Page 114: ... attendant 8300R2 0 1 Not available Available 404 Advice of Charge Australia France Germany Netherlands Italy Greece Luxembourg Portugal Spain Sweden 0 1 Not available Available 405 Consecutive Speed Dialing when making ISDN call 0 1 Available Not available 407 Busy tone is sent to calling party of ISDN when called party is busy in tandem connection ISDN to COT 0 1 Available BT Not available RBT 4...

Page 115: ...gnals to One Touch key on Multiline Terminal 0 1 To send Not sent 428 VMS transfer from attendant if Camp On is set and not answered 0 1 To provide Not provided 429 Automatic setting of OAI SMFR for Multiline Terminal Sub line Cintech Jazz ACD only 0 1 Available Not available 430 Send Calling Party Subaddress to ISDN network when making call from ISDN Telephone 0 1 To send As per CM08 431 Not sent...

Page 116: ...cted with CCIS via MCI Station di aling MW access codes are not allowed over CCIS 0 1 Available Not available 445 Pressing Paging key on DESKCON when the attendant is in idle 0 1 Available Not available 448 When Multiline Terminal station dials during setting of One Touch keys 0 1 is set as dialed digit is set as a delimiter mark between dialed number and DTMF signal 449 DID call to station with C...

Page 117: ...e Charge 471 Send Backward GB signal when terminating by tandem con nection or converting received digits on DID MFC call 8300R3 5 0 1 Subscriber s Line control Subscriber s Line Free Charge 472 Request ANI signal Caller ID from network when incoming call terminates 8300R3 5 0 1 Available Not available 473 Assign the connecting method when receiving Backward signal meaning Line Busy Unallocated nu...

Page 118: ...G DATA 487 Select the Backward signal for ANI signal on DID MFC call 8300R5 0 1 Backward GC Mexico Only Backward GA NOTE Both CM08 477 and 487 should be set the same data 489 Type of Single Data Message Frame Format 0 1 Without Time Parameter With Time Parameter Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2011 CM08 ...

Page 119: ... station number to the analog telephone for Caller ID Station when an internal call is terminated 0 1 Not sent To send NOTE This command is effective only when CM08 603 is set to 0 508 Mask indication for Station Authorization Code entry 0 1 To provide Not provided 509 Call Forwarding Override when the Call Forwarding All Calls is set to the My Line of Multiline Terminal 0 1 Call Forwarding Overri...

Page 120: ...one for Caller ID Station when an internal call is terminated NOTE This data is effective only when the 2nd data of CM12 Y 20 is set to 1 North America Only 0 1 To send Calling Party Name is sent Not sent Calling Party Number is sent 525 Sending Switch Hook Flash for Adjunct Analog System 0 1 To send Not sent 527 Provide the system with the voice communication between ISDN telephone group and Sing...

Page 121: ...PS with consultation holding the other station trunk 8300R2 0 1 Information of holding call Station Trunk information Information of Attendant Console 555 Displaying the calling information on PS when a station calls a PS with consultation holding the other station trunk 8300R2 0 1 Information of holding call Station Trunk information Information of calling station assigned by CM60 Y 51 556 Displa...

Page 122: ... available Available NOTE This command is effective only when CM08 172 is set to 1 570 Whether the Single Digit Feature Access Code is fixed or not 0 1 Programmable Access Code assigned by CM20 Y 4 5 Fixed Access Code 576 Attendant Station Night Transfer when a station trunk call is terminated to Attendant Position station that Night mode is set 0 1 To provide Not provided 577 Changing the ringing...

Page 123: ...arding All Calls Split Call Forwarding All Calls Call Forwarding All Calls of Mobility Access Do Not Disturb Transfer the call to station set Do Not Disturb CM51 Y 10 Call Forwarding Logout 588 CID Call Back when an incoming call is forwarded when a station to which a call terminated is busy or when a station to which a call terminated is set Do Not Disturb 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE CID Cal...

Page 124: ...inal 0 1 To activate the service Call Forward ing Station Hunting that set an incoming call As per CM08 268 the calling station hears RBT or performs a Voice Call 594 The LED of Attendant LOOP Key for Camp on recall for IAC 8300R2 0 1 Flashing red in short interval Flash red 599 Part lowercase letter from capital letter when searching name by Scroll directory 8300R3 0 1 To part Not parted Continue...

Page 125: ...r CM65 Y 37 38 39 As per CM65 Y 23 24 25 624 Alternative Routing when all outgoing trunks of tandem office are make busy condition 0 1 To provide CGC sending Not provided CFL sending 626 In ETSI ISDN Overlap Receiving whether the system connects to the calling party when the system does not receive the fol lowing DID number within the time set by CM41 Y 0 109 after the first DID number of the call...

Page 126: ...connection CCIS to CCIS 0 1 To provide CGC sending Not provided CFL sending 669 Sending the station status type to the destination office when the Multiline Terminal DESKCON calls a station set the DND over CCIS 0 1 To send DND setting To send the restriction 675 Selecting the mailbox number to hear a message when the Play key for Voice Mail Live Record CCIS is pressed while seizing a sub line 830...

Page 127: ...ollowing signal is sent to VMS Busy signal When the VMS forwards a call to a station trunk and the station trunk is busy Answer signal When the VMS forwards a call to a station trunk and the station trunk answers Release signal When a station trunk hangs up while accessing the VMS NOTE Set the second data to 0 to enable Voice Mail Live Record CCIS 0 1 To send Not sent 705 Remote Hold from DESKCON ...

Page 128: ...line Terminal 0 1 Subline station number My Line station number 722 Relaying of expanded information on Low Layer Compatibility LLC information element for connection between ISDN tele phone ISDN trunks 0 1 Allow Restricted 728 Sending Service Set Tone to participants when a new partici pant attends the conference 8300R2 0 1 Not sent To send 731 Calling number information sent to the In Skin Voice...

Page 129: ...SMFN FID 3 1 0 1 SMFN STS 5 6 SMFN STS 1 808 OAI SMFN STS status when a station answers the forwarded call with Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer SMFN FID 2 0 1 SMFN STS 5 6 7 SMFN STS 0 809 Select trunk when Answer Call 0 1 Not available Available 811 OAI SMFN STS status when the forwarded call with Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line is terminated to a station SMFN FID 1 0 1 SMFN STS...

Page 130: ... displayed where the dollar unit is not used 823 SMDR service for incoming calls of each station assigned by CM13 Y 05 NOTE To provide SMDR for abandoned incoming calls as sign second data of CM08 823 to 0 Ineffective 0 1 Ineffective Effective 824 DID Development Table for guest station 0 1 Development Table 1 for DID number assigned by CM76 Y 90 Development Table 0 for DID number assigned by CM76...

Page 131: ...accommodated for outgoing call System clock of Main Unit 837 System clock used for the SMDR output of station to station call 0 1 System clock of the unit that the seized trunk calling station is accom modated System clock of Main Unit 838 Tenant No of built in SMDR output 8300R3 0 1 Tenant No 01 fixed Tenant No of CM12 Y 04 CM30 Y 01 839 Sending of OAI SMFN with intermediate information via OAI q...

Page 132: ...ber is sent to SMDR 850 Operation for Wake Up Call setting over the limitation assigned by CM42 181 0 1 Set it to one minute ahead Restricted NOTE If one minute ahead also exceeds the limitation on the number of Wake Up Call it is set to one more minute ahead If the attempt cannot be set up to 10 minutes 851 Send OAI SMFN STS status 3 9 3 10 when a call in OAI queuing is ACD UCD 0 1 To send Not se...

Page 133: ... record of Message Waiting set cancel from a Front console Hotel console DSS console PMS Attendant console 0 1 Not available Available 866 Printing of Room Status Code Record 0 1 Not available Available 867 Printing the record of Check In Check In cancel Check Out Check Out cancel 0 1 Not available Available 868 Printing the record when the PMS is connected disconnected to from the system 0 1 Not ...

Page 134: ...able 895 Printout of language information from Hotel Printer when set language indicated number from Hotel Console 8300R2 0 1 Not available Available 896 Memory used by Voice Response System VRS 8300R3 0 1 CF memory SRAM Built in CPU NOTE When CM04 Y 01 12 is set to 0 SRAM Maximum 27000 calls CF memory is set to the memory used by VRS regardless of this command 897 Incoming Outgoing Calls while th...

Page 135: ...TE 1 Refer to CAT key assignment on CAT KEY FUNCTIONS Page 1 3 NOTE 2 When a DESI less DT330 DESI less DT730 DESI less DT710 DESI less DT750 is used CAT key assignment is only new layout 912 Select external relay control for MJ alarm 8300R3 0 1 When MJ alarm occurs the relay is OFF when MJ alarm is nothing the relay is ON When MJ alarm occurs the relay is ON when MJ alarm is nothing the relay is O...

Page 136: ...upted at system reset and this situation will continue until on hook To avoid this it is recommended to set the Keeping Call function of DT700 to ineffective in dual CPU system When it is set to ineffective the stations are forcibly reset after 3 minutes elapsed from SV8300 reset 1007 Hold tone select for Standard SIP station 8300R3 5 0 1 Hold Tone Source on CPU blade selected by CM48 Hold Tone So...

Page 137: ...nging ON when Mobility Access station or Mobile Phone is busy 8300R5 0 1 Calling an idle station Hearing Busy Tone 1019 Displaying Icon on the LCD of DT330 DT710 DESI less only DT730 DT750 8300R5 0 1 Not displayed To display 1023 Whether to provide Continuous Live Record when Call Hold or Call Transfer is operated during recording 8300R6 0 1 To provide Not provided 1026 Selection of Mobility Acces...

Page 138: ...nsmitted NOTE 1 This data is effective when CM65 Y 306 is set to 0 or CMBA Y 44 is set to 01 15 NOTE 2 When an intermediate station is Attendant Console set CM15 Y 409 Whether to transmit the caller ID of the call originator when an intermediate station holds the trunk incoming call and transfer it to the trunk 1031 Operation when a service is set by access code from Standard SIP station 8300R7 0 ...

Page 139: ...ringing cadence when calling from trunk to CCIS tandem office 8300R5 0 1 As per CM35 Y 000 As per CM35 Y 033 NOTE Set CM08 138 to 0 and CM08 1203 to 0 for CCIS tandem office when the ringing signal from trunk and via CCIS tandem office are the same 1205 Selection of trunk route seized for Mobility Access 8300R3 0 1 By calling party s tenant terminating trunk s tenant By Mobility Access station s t...

Page 140: ...ice language feature for Room Cutoff 8300R3 0 1 Allow Restricted 1402 Edit IEI 7BH Call appearance on SETUP message North America Only 8300R3 0 1 Not available Available 1404 Count method for the abandoned calls to UCD Group CMB3 Y 3 8300R6 0 1 To count number of abandoned calls to UCD Group after queuing mode waiting calls To count number of abandoned calls to UCD Group after predetermined time C...

Page 141: ...m inf of OAI 8300R4 0 1 Available Not available 1601 Selection of SMFN3 of a trunk when abandons an outgoing call via trunk 8300R5 0 1 SMFN3 STS 1 SMFN3 STS 0 1602 Type of terminal for OAI suite room terminal 8300R7 0 1 Suite room terminal Normal 1603 Selection of send a SMFN for Meet Me Conference 8300R5 0 1 To send Not sent Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CM08 ...

Page 142: ...Information Printout of All Guest Station Infor mation by Printer for 20 digits when Wake Up Call is ineffec tive 8300R3 0 1 Available Not available 1702 Printout of Administrative Station Information assigned by CM13 Y 51 when All Guest Station Information Printout is executed 8300R3 0 1 Available Not available Continued on next page APRIL 16 2010 CM08 ...

Page 143: ...3 0 1 FTC 14 FC 2 FTC 54 FC 1 1820 Selection of message for Message Waiting Lamp ON OFF changed by PBX to be sent to PMS 8300R3 0 1 FTC 13 FC 3 4 FTC 53 FC 2 1821 Provide parity LRC to transmission for PMS Attach BCC to messages 8300R3 0 1 Not provided To provide 1856 Ringing on Suite Room station 8300R5 0 1 Ring master station only Ring all stations NOTE Sub station can be received an incoming ca...

Page 144: ...Not available NOTE 1 When operated restriction of an outgoing call for a station in Check in status from Front Desk Instru ment while CM08 1872 0 the trunk restriction class is changed from the class assigned by CM12 Y 01 to the class assigned by CM15 Y 404 NOTE 2 Check out operation cancels the Trunk Call Restriction setting from Front Desk Instrument Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CM08 ...

Page 145: ...ES 08 BASIC SERVICE 1926 Default BASIC SERVICE SETTING DATA 1926 Displaying the received digits of DTMF Caller ID For test 8300R5 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE The received digits maximum 16 digits is displayed on LCD of Multiline Terminal directly JANUARY 14 2011 CM08 ...

Page 146: ... commands of SNMP to the Maintenance Port SNMP information can be obtained from the Maintenance port and the VOIP port 2 CM0B Y 1XX is associated with setting the system data for Control Signals and Y 2XX is associated with setting the system data for Voice Packets Continued on next page To assign Not assigned Y number FUNCTION PORT REMARKS MAINTENANCE PORT VOIP PORT PCPro 0XX 1XX Available to use...

Page 147: ...26 Set an IP address RTP every 16 voice channels to be used For PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A Maximum of 1 IP address can be set Y 2XX 00 6 When entering data with characters the following characters can be registered Alphabet upper case A Z alphabet lower case a z numeric 0 9 symbol _ Space hyphen period slash colon 7 When the CPU blade VoIPDB IP Station is connected to the port of switching HUB that ...

Page 148: ... off line mode NOTE 3 Set the SENSE switch of the CPU blade to 1 4 when operating the Unit as Unit No 01 04 for Main Unit The Unit functions as Unit No 01 04 regardless of the setting of this data NOTE 4 Set the SENSE switch of the CPU blade to 0 after this data setting when operating the Unit as Unit No 05 50 for Remote Unit The Unit functions as the Unit No set by this data NOTE 5 Connect PCPro ...

Page 149: ...d by CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When setting the Subnet Mask by this data a period must be entered between the numbers example 255 255 255 252 NOTE 3 When CM0B Y 0XX 00 is set to the default data NONE Subnet Mask for the system is set to 255 255 0 0 regardless of this data setting 02 Default Gateway for the system XXX XX X NONE Default Gateway Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 2...

Page 150: ... and Stand by CPU 8300R4 1024 65534 NONE UDP Port number 3410 NOTE 1 Only Unit No 01 can be set by this data NOTE 2 This data is not effective for Secondary Unit Unit No 02 50 NOTE 3 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 4 Reset both Active CPU and Stand by CPU after this data setting 50 VLAN function 0 1 To provide Not provided 51 Priority of VLAN ID 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Pr...

Page 151: ... Unit No 02 50 101 Community Name admin 0 1 Allow admin Restrict public NOTE 1 Only Unit No 01 can be set by this data NOTE 2 Restrict the use of community name admin set the community name to public except the system construction 102 Trap is sent to the SNMP manager NOTE 0 1 To send Not sent 103 Definition of the IP address for the SNMP manager NOTE 0 1 Subnet Mask of the IP address for the SNMP ...

Page 152: ...112 Contact with the system manager sysContact NOTE XX X NONE Character Maximum 64 characters No data 113 System name sysName NOTE 114 Location of system sysLocation NOTE 115 Community name for the destination of trap First place 1 4 1 25 characters NOTE XX X NONE Character Maximum 25 characters No data 116 Community name for the destination of trap Second place 2 4 26 50 characters NOTE 117 Commu...

Page 153: ...lace NOTE XXX XX X NONE IP Address for the destina tion of trap Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 No data 121 IP Address for the desti nation of trap Second place NOTE 122 IP Address for the desti nation of trap Third place NOTE 123 IP Address for the desti nation of trap Fourth place NOTE NOTE The following conditions are applied to CM0B Y 0XX 120 123 Only Unit No 01 can b...

Page 154: ...IP Address for the SNMP manager Third place NOTE 127 Required IP Address for the SNMP manager Fourth place Subnet Mask of the IP Address for the SNMP manager First place NOTE NOTE The following conditions are applied to CM0B Y 0XX 124 127 Only Unit No 01 can be set by this data This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software When setting the IP address by this data a period must be e...

Page 155: ... assigned by this data is set to the Agent address in SNMP TRAP PDU and the system sends the IP address to the IP network Wherever the system is located on the LAN system adminis trator can manage it easily by setting of the convenient IP address 140 IP Address for Stand by CPU 8300R4 XXX XX X NONE IP Address Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 192 168 1 101 NOTE 1 Only Unit ...

Page 156: ...No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0XX 0 Maintenance Port XX Unit No 01 50 142 SIP trunk feature of Secondary unit 8300R6 0 3 Allowed Restricted CMA7 Y 83 NOTE 1 Only Unit No 01 can be set by this data NOTE 2 Confirm the carrier specification beforehand when this data is set to 0 Continued on next page RESET JUNE 15 2011 CM0B ...

Page 157: ...its XXX XXX XXX XXX 255 0 0 0 255 255 255 252 No data NOTE 1 This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When setting the Subnet Mask by this data a period must be entered between the numbers example 255 255 255 252 02 Default Gateway for the system XXX XX X NONE Default Gateway Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 No data NOTE 1 This data cannot be en...

Page 158: ...a tions VoIPDB accommo dated in the Unit 00 63 NONE Location number 00 Location number 63 Location number 00 CM12Y 39 50 NOTE 1 This data is effective when the location number is not assigned by CM12 Y 39 50 NOTE 2 When standard SIP station is accommodated assign location number for VoIPDB by this command 20 Whether to allow the connection with PCPro 0 1 Restricted Allow Continued on next page RES...

Page 159: ...0000 52047 are used 1st data 31 3456 Port number 3456 is used 1st data 32 5080 Port number 5080 is used 1st data 33 5070 Port number 5070 is used 1st data 34 57000 Port number 57000 is used 1st data 35 58000 Port number 58000 59023 are used NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 1 Set this data when the router or firewall provides the restriction by the TCP port NOTE 2 The same port number cannot be use...

Page 160: ... 1st data 36 5060 Port number 5060 is used 1st data 37 6100 Port number 6100 is used 1st data 38 6200 Port number 6200 6328 are used 1st data 39 56000 Port number 56000 is used 1st data 40 3300 Port number 3300 3401 are used 1st data 43 5082 Port number 5082 is used NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 1 Set this data when the router or firewall provides the restriction by the TCP port NOTE 2 The same...

Page 161: ...1 50 50 VLAN function 0 1 To provide Not provided 51 Priority of VLAN ID 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Priority 0 Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4 Priority 5 Priority 6 Priority 7 NOTE The higher number has higher priority 52 VLAN ID 1 4094 NONE VLAN ID No data NOTE 1 One VLAN ID can be set per system NOTE 2 VLAN ID 0 is not available Continued on next page RESET RESET RESET APRIL 16 2010 CM0B ...

Page 162: ...for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 NOTE 4 When using Multi Carrier Connection service assign DNS server pri mary available for all the carriers 61 Secondary IP Address for DNS server XXX XX X NONE IP Address for DNS server Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 No data NOTE 1 This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When set...

Page 163: ...ove version this data must be set to 0001 NOTE 4 This data setting is invalid when the second data of CMBA Y 25 is set to 1 NOTE 5 When the setting of this command is changed the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA Y 99 70 Global IP Address for VoIPDB of Remote Unit of Remote UNIT over IP when VoIPDB is con trolled by NAT XXX XX X NONE Global IP Address for VoIPDB Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX X...

Page 164: ...etected 00 01 99 NONE Not execute the automatic changeover to survival mode 0 6 seconds Unit No 02 04 0 30 seconds Unit No 05 50 588 594 seconds Unit No 02 04 2940 2970 seconds Unit No 05 50 6 seconds increments Unit No 02 04 30 sec onds increments Unit No 05 50 12 18 seconds Unit No 02 04 60 90 seconds Unit No 05 50 NOTE 1 Only Remote Unit Unit No 02 50 can be set by this data NOTE 2 When setting...

Page 165: ...after the connec tion between the Main Unit and Remote Unit returned to normal condi tion 00 01 99 NONE Not execute the automatic changeover to normal mode 0 30 seconds 2940 2970 seconds 30 seconds increments 90 120 seconds NOTE 1 Only Remote Unit Secondary Unit Unit No 02 50 can be set by this data NOTE 2 When setting this data the same setting time about the notification of link down restored is...

Page 166: ...s detected 00 01 99 NONE Not notify the link down 0 6 seconds Unit No 02 04 0 30 seconds Unit No 05 50 588 594 seconds Unit No 02 04 2940 2970 seconds Unit No 05 50 6 seconds increments Unit No 02 04 30 sec onds increments Unit No 05 50 0 6 seconds Unit No 02 04 0 30 seconds Unit No 05 50 NOTE 1 Only Remote Unit Secondary Unit Unit No 02 50 can be set by this data NOTE 2 Assign the start time by t...

Page 167: ... normal mode is occurred with frequency at the heavily loaded network environment NOTE 3 While this data is set to 0 in Failover mode when a Remote Unit is changed over from survival mode to normal mode a Remote Unit is automatically connected to either Primary Secondary Unit that is con nectable after restoring communication Then a Remote Unit is reset automatically 8300R6 84 Start time for the a...

Page 168: ...an be set by this data NOTE 2 This data is effective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used 151 IP Address for SNTP server 8300R7 XXX XX X NONE IP Address Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 No data NOTE 1 Only Unit No 01 can be set by this data NOTE 2 This data is effective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used 152 Time setting for Periodi cal SNTP query 8300R7 0000 2359 NONE...

Page 169: ...cuting Not executed failed in the previous time Not executed Execute NOTE 1 Only Unit No 01 can be set by this data NOTE 2 This data is effective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used NOTE 3 Only when 2 Not executed or 3 Execute is displayed as 2nd data SNTP query can be executed by setting 0 Now executing NOTE 4 When not answering from SNTP server the system waits for up to 2 minutes for a respon...

Page 170: ...CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When setting the IP address RTP by this data a period must be en tered between the numbers example 255 255 255 254 NOTE 3 Up to 8 addresses IP address 1 to 8 can be entered for IP address RTP NOTE 4 One IP address RTP is required for every 16 used voice channels of VoIPDB 10 Number of voice chan nels used for VoIPDB 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 NONE 16 channels 3...

Page 171: ...NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 23 IP Address 5 RTP for VoIPDB NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 NOTE 1 This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When setting the IP address RTP by this data a period must be entered be tween the numbers example 255 255 255 254 NOTE 3 Up to 8 addresses IP address 1 to 8 can be entered for IP address RTP NOTE 4 One IP address RTP is re...

Page 172: ...TE 5 26 IP Address 8 RTP for VoIPDB NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 NOTE 1 This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When setting the IP address RTP by this data a period must be entered be tween the numbers example 255 255 255 254 NOTE 3 Up to 8 addresses IP address 1 to 8 can be entered for IP address RTP NOTE 4 One IP address RTP is required for every 16 used voice...

Page 173: ...or the default settings the following port number is used 54 FAX over IP 8300R3 0 1 Not available Available NOTE This data is not effective for Secondary Unit Unit No 02 50 90 Provide the call log collection with VoIPDB 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE When changing this data of VoIPDB accommodated in a Remote Unit execute the system data copy by CMEC Y 8 to the Remote Unit 91 Provide the fault lo...

Page 174: ...ng 121 DTMF inband mode for VoIPDB 0 1 In band mode Voice pass through Out band mode with H 245 UII RFC2833 130 Smooth PAD 8300R3 0 1 2 3 4 5 NONE Disable 8 2 dBm 6 4 dBm 5 3 dBm 4 2 dBm 2 1 dBm As per characteristic level CM0B Y 300 XX1 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 The meaning of this command depends on the level of characteristics when the second dat...

Page 175: ...PLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used 142 Minimum NLP Action Threshold 8300R3 0000 0001 0002 0004 0008 0010 0020 0040 0080 0100 0200 0400 0800 1000 2000 4000 7FFF NONE NLP will not disengage 90 62 dBm0 87 61 dBm0 84 60 dBm0 81 59 dBm0 78 58 dBm0 75 57 dBm0 72 56 dBm0 69 55 dBm0 66 54 dBm0 63 53 dBm0 60 52 dBm0 57 51 dBm0 54 50 dBm0 51 49 dBm0 48 48 dBm0 45 47 dBm0 51 49 dBm0 CM0B Y 300 XX2 NOTE 1 Do not chan...

Page 176: ...m0 2 69 dBm0 20 00 dBm0 CM0B Y 300 XX3 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used 144 NLP Echo Residual Mix ing Level 8300R3 0 16 NONE 0 16 0 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used 145 Comfort noise spectru...

Page 177: ...300R3 0006 0000 FFFF FFA0 NONE 3 dBm0 0 dBm0 0 5 dBm0 48 dBm0 10 dBm0 CM0B Y 300 XX5 CM0B Y 2XX 146 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used 148 HLC Ramping out period 8300R3 10 1000 NONE 10 ms dB 1000 ms dB 700 ms dB NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data ...

Page 178: ...ED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 2XX 2 VOIP Port XX Unit No 01 50 150 Payload type of Out band DTMF RFC2833 8300R7 1 127 NONE Payload type 101 NOTE Assign this data when Payload type of Out band DTMF RFC2833 is changed between VoIPDB and standard SIP station Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CM0B ...

Page 179: ...NONE Disable Enable As per CM0B Y 2XX 110 CM0B Y 2XX 110 NOTE Do not change this data when the system is operated normally XX1 XX Characteristic level 00 09 1 Smooth PAD 0 1 2 3 4 5 NONE Disable 8 2 dBm 6 4 dBm 5 3 dBm 4 2 dBm 2 1 dBm As per CM0B Y 2XX 130 CM0B Y 2XX 130 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC ...

Page 180: ...0008 0010 0020 0040 0080 0100 0200 0400 0800 1000 2000 4000 7FFF NONE NLP will not disengage 90 62 dBm0 87 61 dBm0 84 60 dBm0 81 59 dBm0 78 58 dBm0 75 57 dBm0 72 56 dBm0 69 55 dBm0 66 54 dBm0 63 53 dBm0 60 52 dBm0 57 51 dBm0 54 50 dBm0 51 49 dBm0 48 48 dBm0 45 47 dBm0 As per CM0B Y 2XX 142 CM0B Y 2XX 142 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffe...

Page 181: ...Bm0 21 39 dBm0 18 38 dBm0 15 37 dBm0 12 36 dBm0 9 35 dBm0 6 34 dBm0 3 33 dBm0 0 32 dBm0 2 69 dBm0 As per CM0B Y 2XX 143 CM0B Y 2XX 143 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used XX4 XX Characteristic level 00 09 4 HLC Mode 0 1 2 NONE Disable HLC Enable HLC Set HLC Threshold As per CM0B Y 300 XX5 As per C...

Page 182: ...haracteristic level data 8300R3 XX5 XX Characteristic level 00 09 5 HLC Threshold 0006 0000 FFFF FFA0 NONE 3 dBm0 0 dBm0 0 5 dBm0 48 dBm0 As per CM0B Y 2XX 147 CM0B Y 2XX 147 CM0B Y 300 XX4 NOTE 1 Do not change this data when the system is operated normally NOTE 2 This data is ineffective when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is used Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CM0B ...

Page 183: ...DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 3XX 3 Characteristic level per channel XX 01 50 Unit No 8300R3 001 128 VoIPDB channel number 00 09 NONE Characteristic level No data CM15 Y 483 CM35 Y 193 NOTE Do not change this data when the system is operated normally JUNE 15 2011 CM0B ...

Page 184: ...ABLE 0CYY 2ND DATA EXE ST DE DE 1 12 digits 1ST DATA 1 8 digits Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 00 07 Update information Profile No 00 Type of firmware for update 00 02 03 05 12 13 14 NONE Dterm75 Series E IP adapter type Dterm IP INASET Dterm 85 Series i IP adapter type Dterm85 Series i IP bundles type DT700 Series DT710 DT700 Series DT730 DT730 DESI less DT710 DE...

Page 185: ...ersion 00 99 DD Third decimals No of file version 00 99 0000XXZZ For IP Multi line Terminal XX Integral No of file version 00 99 ZZ First decimals No of file version 00 99 NONE No data NOTE If no data is set the system does not update the firm ware of IP Stations 04 IP Address for server 000000000001 255255255254 NONE IP Address for the FTP TFTP server No data 05 Protocol of server 0 1 FTP TFTP 11...

Page 186: ...er XX02 User ID for FTP server XX Unit No 01 50 X XXXXXXXX CCC NONE User ID Maximum 8 characters X A Z 0 9 Clear No data NOTE When no user ID is assigned log into the FTP server with anonymous XX03 Password for FTP server XX Unit No 01 50 X XXXXXXXX CCC NONE Password Maximum 8 characters X A Z 0 9 Clear No data NOTE While entering the password with CAT asterisk is displayed on LCD When entering th...

Page 187: ... OF IP STATION FIRMWARE REMOTE SYSTEM UPGRADE 0C Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 11 Information of Remote System Upgrade XX06 File type XX Unit No 01 50 00 CCC NONE CPU program file Clear No data Continued on next page JUNE 15 2011 CM0C ...

Page 188: ... First decimals No CC 00 99 Second decimals No DD 00 99 Third decimals No 0 Start updating OK Start updating DATA NOT FOUND You cannot update the IP Station firmware because the FTP TFTP server information data has not been assigned NOTE Set this data after set ting CM0C Y 00 07 00 05 0000 XXZZ Current firmware version of the IP Station For IP Multiline Termi nal 0000XXZZ XX 00 99 Integral No ZZ 0...

Page 189: ...XXXXXXX download time can be set only when the CPU program download is not executed second data status is 3 and the system data backup is not being executed NOTE 4 While the CPU program is being downloaded second data status 0 you can in put CCC to interrupt the program download If you do that the second data is changed from 1 Now downloading to 3 Not executed and the CPU program that has been dow...

Page 190: ...over for the Main Unit Unit01 after the pro gram download to all units is completed NOTE 2 If a specified changeover time is passed while CPU program is being download ed the changeover of CPU program is executed immediately second data be comes 000000000000 NOTE 3 If you set the second data to 000000000000 while CPU program is being down loaded the CPU program changeover is executed after CPU pro...

Page 191: ...ation 00 Download 01 Changeover 03 Automatic changeback ZZ Result 00 OK Occurred 01 Interrupted 02 NG Other than below 03 NG FTP double open 04 NG FTP server connection failed Missing files 05 NG Data transfer error 10 Start YYYY Year 2011 2099 MM Month 01 12 DD Date 01 31 HH Hour 00 23 mm Minutes 00 59 NOTE 1 The executed results of the latest CPU program downloading changeover changeback automat...

Page 192: ...a XXXXXXXXXXXX download time can be set only when the CPU program download is not executed second data status is 3 and the system data backup is not being executed NOTE 4 While the CPU program is being downloaded second data status 0 you can in put CCC to interrupt the program download If you do that the second data is changed from 1 Now downloading to 3 Not executed and the CPU program that has b...

Page 193: ...sed while CPU program is being download ed the changeover of CPU program is executed immediately second data be comes 000000000000 NOTE 2 If you set the second data to 000000000000 while CPU program is being down loaded the CPU program changeover is executed after CPU program download is completed NOTE 3 This data is cleared after CPU program changeover is completed NOTE 4 If the system is reset f...

Page 194: ...1 Interrupted 02 NG Other than below 03 NG FTP double open 04 NG FTP server connection failed Missing files 05 NG Data transfer error 10 Start YYYY Year 2011 2099 MM Month 01 12 DD Date 01 31 HH Hour 00 23 mm Minutes 00 59 Before downloading NOTE 1 The executed results of the latest CPU program downloading changeover changeback automatic changeback are displayed NOTE 2 Before executing the CPU pro...

Page 195: ...it for 30 seconds before plugging the circuit blade again 3 5 or more digits station number should not be assigned when the following features are used SMDR PMS Front Desk Terminal ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE 10YY PHYSICAL PORT No UNIT No SLOT No CIRCUIT No STATION EXE ST DE DE NUMBER TRUNK NUMBER BLADE NUMBER 1 10 digits VIRTUAL PORT No 3 6 digits Y STATION NUMBER A SETTING DATA RELATED COMMA...

Page 196: ...mber 01 18 ZZ Circuit num ber 01 32 D000 D511 Trunk number C O Tie Line Paging Radio Paging NOTE 1 Thisdatarequires a system reset for CCT and a blade reset for LDT ODT DTI after data setting NOTE 2 A reset of the COT blade is required after setting of C O trunk Grand Start for North America CM30 CM35 E000 E007 DESKCON number 0 7 8300R2 CM90 CM60 E100 E131 DSS Console number 00 31 NOTE The same nu...

Page 197: ... ber 01 32 EC00 EC31 Add on Module number NOTE The same number the last two digits of the data should not be used for both DSS Console E100 E131 and Add on Module EC00 EC31 CM90 CM98 EE3 XXX Blade number of ZT Inter face XXX represents ZT number 000 127 NOTE 1 ZZ Circuit number in the first data can only be assigned to circuit number 01 05 09 and 13 NOTE 2 The same number the last three digits of ...

Page 198: ...lot number 01 18 ZZ Circuit num ber 01 32 FX F XXXX XXXX Digital Multiline Terminal station number X XXXXXXXX represents My Line number X 0 9 A B CM90 NONE No data 01 IP terminal registra tion 0000 1535 Virtual Port num ber for IP terminal FX F XXXX XXXX IP Station number X 0 9 A B E100 E131 DSS Console number 00 31 NOTE 1 The same number the last two dig its of the data should not be used for bot...

Page 199: ...ould not be used for both DSS Console E100 E131 and Add on Module EC00 EC31 CM90 CM98 EEC000 EEC127 SIP Converter Number 8300R3 5 NOTE 1 Because SIP Converter No assigned by this command and ZT EE3000 EE3127 No as signed by CM10 Y 00 are shared be sure not to overlap the set ting of each port NOTE 2 Simultaneous call by three Standard SIP station are available per SIP converter NOTE 3 A reset of t...

Page 200: ...TA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 01 IP terminal registra tion 0000 1535 Virtual Port num ber for IP terminal NONE No data 02 IPT P2P CCIS regis tration 000 511 Virtual Port num ber for IPT P2P CCIS D000 D511 Trunk No NONE No data Continued on next page IPT P2P CCIS RESET APRIL 16 2010 CM10 ...

Page 201: ...ta NOTE 1 SIP trunk can be accommodated only for the Main Unit Unit01 NOTE 2 Set one virtual port number for control channel between 000 and 015 for each carrier NOTE 3 Virtual port number 001 015 for control voice channel can be used for voice channel when they are not used for control channel One virtual port number cannot be used both control channel and voice channel at the same time NOTE 4 Up...

Page 202: ...A RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 04 PS Standard SIP sta tion registration XXX XXXX Virtual Port number XXX XXXX 000 511 PS Standard SIP station 8300R6 soft ware or before 000 1023 Standard SIP sta tion 8300R7 soft ware or later X XXXX XXXX PS Standard SIP station No X 0 9 A B NONE No data JANUARY 31 2012 CM10 ...

Page 203: ...that consists of CPU chassis 1U and Line Trunk chassis 2U Up to a maximum of 50 Units can be installed and each Unit is managed by the Unit number The Unit numbers 01 04 are used for the Stand alone system or the Main Unit of the Remote UNIT over IP system The Unit numbers 05 50 are used for the Remote Unit of the Remote UNIT over IP system The following shows the Unit configuration and the outlin...

Page 204: ...TITLE STATION NUMBER TRUNK NUMBER BLADE NUMBER 10 Outline of the Unit No Continued on next page Stand alone system Main Unit for Remote UNIT over IP Remote Unit for Remote UNIT over IP Unit No 01 Unit No 03 Unit No 04 Unit No 02 Unit No 05 Unit No 50 CM10 ...

Page 205: ...Slot number and Circuit number Outline of the Slot No and Circuit No Example When assigning the station number 300 for the CD 8DLCA blade accommodated to Slot No 01 of the Unit No 01 and for the Multiline Terminal accommodated to the Circuit No 01 Data settings for CM05 CM05 Y 0 0101 10 Data settings for CM10 CM10 Y 00 010101 F300 Continued on next page Slot No 13 Slot No 14 Slot No 15 Slot No 07 ...

Page 206: ... the Circuit number 01 of Digital Multiline Terminal Example CM10 Y 00 010101 F200 Station number of Digital Multiline Terminal CM10 Y 00 010117 F300 Station number of Single Line Telephone NOTE 1 When 2 Paging equipment are connected to a PGD 2 U10 ADP the setting of Dual port mode is required as with Analog Port Adapter related command CM13 Y 32 33 34 NOTE 2 The virtual station needs system capa...

Page 207: ...N NUMBER TRUNK NUMBER BLADE NUMBER 10 NOTE 3 When a new virtual station is added reassignment of highway channel CMF7 Y 9 and blade reset CME0 Y 3 are required for all DLC blade which is accommodated by Line Trunk chassis 2U after office data setting JULY 17 2009 CM10 ...

Page 208: ...irtual Line stations are difference calculated by subtracting number of accommodated Multiline Terminals from total number of ports 2000 4 The following station data can be assigned to the Virtual Line station numbers Station Class 1 CM12 Station Class 2 CM13 Service Restriction Class CM15 Call Pickup Group Group Diversion Group CM16 ACD UCD Group CM17 Station Hunting Group CM18 Direct in Terminat...

Page 209: ...INE NUMBER RELATED COMMAND 0000 0999 X XXXXXXXX Station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B CM20 CM90 A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Intercom number AX YY X 0 1 to be made one pair YY Automatic Intercom Group No 00 31 NOTE 1 CM12 Y 03 CM56 Y 10 CM90 A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 Manual Intercom number AX YY X Serial number in a Group 2 7 YY Manual Intercom Group number 00 24 NOTE 2 CM12 Y 03 CM56 Y 11 CM90...

Page 210: ...rcom Code 0 9 YY Dial Intercom Group number 00 24 NOTE 3 CM12 Y 03 CM56 Y 12 CM90 AA01 AA05 AA11 AA15 AA71 AA75 Loop Line number for Multiline Terminal Atten dant Position AAX Y X Attendant Position number 0 7 Y Loop number 1 5 NOTE 4 CM12 Y 03 CM90 AB00 AB99 ICI OPR Line number for Multiline Terminal Attendant Position CM12 Y 02 CM15 Y 073 CM17 Y 1 2 CM90 Y 00 NONE No data Continued on next page ...

Page 211: ...signed as shown below MANUAL INTERCOM GROUP INTERCOM NUMBER 00 A200 A300 A400 A500 A600 A700 01 A201 A301 A401 A501 A601 A701 24 A224 A324 A424 A524 A624 A724 NOTE 3 Dial Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below DIAL INTERCOM GROUP INTERCOM NUMBER 00 B000 B100 B200 B900 01 B001 B101 B201 B901 24 B024 B124 B224 B924 NOTE 4 Loop Line numbers are assigned as shown below ATTENDANT POSITION LOOP LI...

Page 212: ...umber My Line number of Multiline Terminal Virtual Line station number Automatic Manual Dial Intercom number Loop Line number and ICI OPR Line number IP station number are shown in the table on next page 3 The table below shows the key layout for Line Trunk Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the Multiline Terminals LINEXX Line Trunk Feature Key DSS One Touch Key Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 ...

Page 213: ... LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 LINE17 LINE18 LINE...

Page 214: ...03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LINE13 LINE10 LINE14 LINE11 LINE15 LINE12 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS Front Page...

Page 215: ...0 LINE14 LINE11 LINE15 LINE12 LINE16 LINE17 LINE21 LINE18 LINE22 LINE19 LINE23 LINE20 LINE24 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS Front Page Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LINE13 LINE10 LINE14 LINE11 LINE15 LINE12 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS...

Page 216: ... LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 LINE17 LINE18 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LI...

Page 217: ...term IP DTR 8 1 DTR 8D 1 ITR 8D 1 ITR 8D 2 Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Dterm Series i Dterm IP DTR 8D 1R Dterm 75 DTP 8 1 DTP 8D 1 Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 LINE01 LINE02 LINE09 LINE10 LINE03 LINE04 LINE11 LINE12 LINE05 LINE06 LINE13 LINE14 LINE07 LINE08 LINE15 LINE16 LINE01 LINE02 LINE0...

Page 218: ... 00 01 02 03 04 05 07 11 12 13 16 19 20 22 23 24 25 Single line station number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal My line number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal Virtual line station number Assigned by CM11 Automatic Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Manual Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Dial intercom number Assigned by CM11 Loop Line number for Multi line Terminal Attendant Posi ti...

Page 219: ...My line number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal Virtual line station number Assigned by CM11 Automatic Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Manual Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Dial intercom number Assigned by CM11 Loop Line number for Multi line Terminal Attendant Posi tion Assigned by CM11 ICI OPR Line number for Multiline Terminal Assigned by CM11 IP station number Assigned by CM10 Y 01 ...

Page 220: ... line number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal Virtual line station number Assigned by CM11 Automatic Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Manual Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Dial intercom number Assigned by CM11 Loop Line number for Multi line Terminal Attendant Posi tion Assigned by CM11 ICI OPR Line number for Multiline Terminal Assigned by CM11 IP station number Assigned by CM10 Y 01 Co...

Page 221: ... line number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal Virtual line station number Assigned by CM11 Automatic Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Manual Intercom number Assigned by CM11 Dial intercom number Assigned by CM11 Loop Line number for Multi line Terminal Attendant Posi tion Assigned by CM11 ICI OPR Line number for Multiline Terminal Assigned by CM11 IP station number Assigned by CM10 Y 01 JU...

Page 222: ...runk Restriction Class Z Night Trunk Restriction Class Contents of Day Night Trunk Restriction Class 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH CM60 Y 02 CM35 Y 011 Y 051 058 Y 061 068 CM81 CM8A CM20 Y 0 3 A043 02 Service Restriction Class A B XX ZZ 1515 XX Service Res...

Page 223: ...ll Station Group No 1 FAX Call Station Group No 2 FAX Call Station Group No 3 CM51 Y 14 04 Hot Line Delayed Hotline CM52 Y XX Calling Side 0 05 Automatic Intercom CM11 CM56 Y 10 06 Manual Intercom CM11 CM56 Y 11 07 Dial Intercom CM11 CM56 Y 12 08 Multiline Terminal Attendant Position Loop Lines CM11 09 Delayed Hotline CM41 Y 0 119 CM52 Y 00 99 15 Ordinary Station Other than data 00 09 04 Tenant 00...

Page 224: ...riber s Line control Subscriber s Line Free Charge 12 Calling Party Number displayed on called side X XXXX NONE ISDN SIP subscriber number ISDN SIP Indial No Calling party number for MFC Signaling on DOD Enhanced 911 No data CM12 Y 46 NOTE 1 As the second data assign the Indial number informed when a call is originated from the station For a station for which no Indial number is informed assign NO...

Page 225: ...he main station and sub station for WCS Number Sharing X XXXXXXXX NONE Main station number Sub station number No data NOTE Assign the data as follows 1st data Main station Multiline Terminal My line 2nd data Sub station PS 1st data Sub station PS 2nd data Main station Multiline Terminal My line 20 Calling party information sent to the analog telephone for Caller ID Station North America Only 0 1 3...

Page 226: ...ing mode 0 1 3 Available Automatic mode Available Manual mode Not available 29 Send indication data to Line Key LCD of Multiline Terminal DESI less 0 1 To send indication data Data sending completed Not sent CM15 Y 485 CM9C Request my line number to the Multiline Terminal 0 1 Available Not available CM15 Y 210 NOTE When second data is inputted my line number information is transmitted to Multiline...

Page 227: ...stored call histories IC 10 call histories IC CM13 Y 41 49 60 61 39 Location number of IP Sta tion for Local Connection 00 63 NONE Location number 00 Location number 63 Location number 00 CM67 43 Group number for Group Call by Pilot Number Dial ing NOTE Effective only when CM13 Y 45 is 0 00 19 NONE Group Call No 00 Group Call No 19 No data CM13 Y 45 CM57 Y 10 29 44 Time to start the power sav ing ...

Page 228: ...Connec tion 00 63 NONE Location number 00 Location number 63 Location number 00 CM67 61 Warning SST sending timer for forced release 0 1 2 3 Depends on Timer A CM41 Y 0 114 Depends on Timer B CM41 Y 0 115 Depends on Timer C CM41 Y 0 116 Forced release is not provided CM35 Y 247 CM35 Y 248 NOTE This command is effective when the forced release is provided to the destination trunk route CM35 Y 247 a...

Page 229: ... a reset of the terminal is required NOTE 2 When this data is set to 15 18 for the terminal which cannot display Russian Turkish Chinese charac ters on the LCD the terminal displays English characters on the LCD same as the second data 01 64 Unit number to ISDN Alternative Routing Unit for IP station virtual PS sta tion number Standard SIP station number in Remote Unit survival mode 01 50 NONE Uni...

Page 230: ...d data of CM12 Y 65 is set to 1 00 09 NONE Paging Zone Group No 00 Paging Zone Group No 09 No data CM20 Y 0 3 A070 A079 CM12 Y 65 1 69 Type of pilot station num ber for Conference built in CPU 8300R2 0 1 2 3 Group Call Meet Me Conference Sequential Call up 8300R4 Ordinary station Not pilot station 70 Conference group number for Conference pilot station number built in CPU 8300R2 00 15 NONE Confere...

Page 231: ...inging 8300R5 0 1 Available Not available NOTE 1 Set this data for Mobility Access station from CAT PCPro NOTE 2 DATA ERROR is displayed on LCD when System version license is not registered if this data is set to 0 78 Registration of master sta tion sub station in suite room 8300R5 0 1 3 Master station Sub station Ordinary station CM12 Y 79 CM57 Y 34 79 Suite Room Group Number 8300R5 000 127 NONE ...

Page 232: ...n a Remote Unit execute the system data copy by CMEC Y 8 to the Remote Unit NOTE 6 Confirm the registered MAC Addresses by CM12 Y 92 92 MAC Address registration in Fixed Connection Mode X XXX 12 digits CCC NONE MAC Address Clear No data NOTE 1 A maximum of 256 MAC Addresses can be registered in Fixed Connection Mode NOTE 2 This command has to be registered after assigning CM15 Y 480 2nd data 1 and...

Page 233: ...XXXXXXX 000000000001 255255255254 No data Other than Standard SIP station CMBC Y 15 NOTE 1 Set this data to the related station before registering Standard SIP station without REGISTER by CMBC Y 15 NOTE 2 When the IP address is changed or deleted by specifying the registered Standard SIP station WAIT BUSY NOW is displayed the IP address is not changed or deleted NOTE 3 When changing the IP address...

Page 234: ...Ringing interval is fixed to 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF Call Waiting Answer Called Side to be restricted by CM15 Y 044 0 3 After setting CM13 Y 32 33 63 blade reset is required 4 When 2 Paging equipment are connected to a PGD 2 U10 ADP the setting of Dual port mode is required as with Analog Port Adapter related command CM13 Y 32 33 34 5 The data for a Single Line station number My Line number of a...

Page 235: ... 69 Single line station number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal My line number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 01 Virtual line station number Assigned by CM11 Y STATION NUMBER 70 71 73 74 Single line station number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 Multiline Terminal My line number Assigned by CM10 Y 00 01 Virtual line station number Assigned by CM11 13YY STATION NUMBER DATA 1 8 digits EXE ST DE DE 1 digit JUNE...

Page 236: ...ic sending 0 1 Not provided See CM08 153 To provide 05 SMDR for incoming call 0 1 To provide See CM08 820 CM35 Y 049 Not provided 06 SMDR Centralized Billing CCIS for out going call 0 1 Not provided See CM35 Y 014 To provide 07 Analog data station FAX MODEM etc or ordinary station See PRECAUTION 2 0 1 Data station Ordinary station 08 Send or not ringing signal to the single line telephone on multi...

Page 237: ...signal sending to stations 0 1 To send Not sent NOTE This command is effective when using the LC blade supports reverse signal 21 VIP Class for Executive Calling Call Waiting 0 1 To provide Not provided 23 Automatic live recording 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE When this feature is activated be sure to set CM08 141 CM35 Y 22 and or CM76 Y 13 See CM08 141 CM35 Y 022 CM76 Y 13 24 In Skin UMS or Di...

Page 238: ...vided 39 WCS Roaming for Virtual Station of Vis itor PS For PCS 8300R2 0 1 Available Not available 40 Station number assigned by CM11 for BLF CCIS 0 1 Other office station Own office station 41 Storage of the call history IC when answering a station call 0 1 To store Not stored 45 Group Call by Pilot Number Dialing 0 1 To provide Not provided 46 Call Forwarding No Answer Timing 0 1 As per CM41 Y 0...

Page 239: ...for PS that are accommodated to the Multiline Terminal multiline as a subline 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE When terminating the call to the stations of SLT subline of Multiline Terminal Virtual line Virtual sta tion for PS the calling number is displayed on the LCD of the Multiline Terminal assigned by CM57 Y 30 56 Call termination to Attendant Position station Night mode is set 0 1 Restricted...

Page 240: ... DSS Console Unaccommodatable Dterm 70 PGD 2 U10 ADP 64 Whether the station is for the outgoing call of Conference 8300R2 0 1 Station for the outgoing call Ordinary station 66 Reverse Contrast on the LCD for Univer sal Design 8300R2 0 1 Background Black Letters White Background White Letters Black NOTE 1 This data is effective only when DT330 DT710 DT730 are used NOTE 2 This data setting is valid ...

Page 241: ... Multiline side 8300R5 0 1 Calling number of My Line Calling number of Sub Line 73 Pilot station of 32 Party Conference with password protection 8300R5 0 1 Pilot station Ordinary station NOTE 1 This data is effective only to the pilot station for the Conference group specified in CM04 Y 04 0 with password protection NOTE 2 The type of pilot station number for Conference assigned by CM12 Y 69 becom...

Page 242: ...n class assigned to the stations There are four kinds of Service Restriction Class A B C and Charging Station The services to be restricted by these Service Restriction Classes are different PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE SERVICE RESTRICTION ST 15YYY DATA DE EXE CLASS A B C CHARGING STATION 00 15 As assigned in CM12 Y 02 07 45 1 2 digits DE APRIL 16 2010 CM15 ...

Page 243: ...g 008 Paging Access External Speaker and Radio 009 Executive Right of Way Executive Override Busy Verifica tion Attendant Override Called side 010 Call Forwarding No Answer 011 Call Forwarding Busy Line 012 Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer 013 Wake Up Timed Reminder 014 Call Pickup Direct 015 Call Forwarding I m here Destination 016 Station Camp On Transfer method 017 Priority Call 0 018 Priori...

Page 244: ...o Answer Outside 028 Call Forwarding Busy Line Outside 029 Call Forwarding Busy Line Outside No Answer Outside 030 Account Code 031 Authorization Code Forced Account Code 033 Voice Response System Access Record Replay Delete 034 Announcement Service Replay No 0 Announcement Service Group 035 Announcement Service Replay No 1 Announcement Service Group 036 Announcement Service Replay No 2 Announceme...

Page 245: ...ault Y SERVICE REST CLASS A SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING 041 Voice Message Waiting System Individual Set Cancel Retrieve 00 15 0 1 Restricted Allow 042 Voice Message Waiting System Recording 043 Call Waiting Set Calling Side 044 Call Waiting Answer Called Side 046 Call Back Multiple Assignment 047 Message Reminder Setting Side 048 Message Reminder Set Side 049 Internal Zone Paging Access A...

Page 246: ...llow Restricted 121 PS Terminal Kind 8300R2 0 1 Roaming PS PS dual line Excluding Roaming PS NOTE Set the second data to 1 when a Standard SIP station is used 123 Calling Name Display PS Standard SIP station 00 15 0 1 Allow Restricted NOTE The display on Standard SIP station depends on the terminal specification 124 Remote Hold North America Only 00 15 0 1 Allow Restricted 127 WCS Number Sharing S...

Page 247: ...t to Multiline Terminals which accommodate the following peripherals or function DSS Console Add on Module Analog Port Adapter Continued on next page Default Y SERVICE REST CLASS A SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING 129 WCS Number Sharing Sub station is controlled as same as main station by Message Waiting lamp control signal sent to main station 00 15 0 1 Main station and sub station are contro...

Page 248: ...tion Authorization Code Set Change 0 1 Restricted Allow 143 IP Station Logout operation 0 1 Allow Restricted 146 Sending Switch Hook Flash for Adjunct Analog System 0 1 Allow Restricted 147 Voice Mail Private Password CCIS 0 1 Allow Restricted NOTE 1 The first data must be the preassigned VMS Service Restriction Class which is sent from the office via CCIS NOTE 2 This command is not effective for ...

Page 249: ...set to the Line Key of Multiline Terminal DESI less 00 15 0 1 Station Number Station Name 210 Display my line number on the Multiline Terminal 0 1 Restricted Allow 211 Malicious Call Trace Australia Only 0 1 Restricted Allow 212 Preset Dialing on Multiline Terminal 0 1 Restricted Allow NOTE If this data is set to 1 when using 8300R2 software or later Preset Dialing on Multiline Terminal is active ...

Page 250: ... via CCIS IP trunk P2P CCIS is allowed to participate in Confer ence regardless of this data 224 Calling Number Display when an internal incoming call is ter minated to the sub line of Multiline Terminal 8300R3 5 00 15 0 1 Allow Restricted NOTE A reset of the terminal is required after this data setting 225 Calling Number Display when an external incoming call is terminated to the sub line of Mult...

Page 251: ...Standard SIP station NOTE 2 When using access codes assigned by CM20 Y 0 3 A263 A264 whether to use Peer to Peer connec tion or not depends on access codes regardless of this data NOTE 3 A reset of the terminal is required after this data setting 400 Displaying pattern of Caller ID on the LCD of Multiline Ter minal before answering or after answering a trunk call 00 15 0 1 7 To display calling num...

Page 252: ...Code PAD LOCK Restricted NOTE To provide this operation the following data assignments are required Toll restriction CM12 Y 01 CM8A Y 5XXX 000 CM81 LCR origination CM20 Y 0 3 A126 A127 A128 A129 CM8A Y 5XXX 180 CM85 403 Trunk restriction class to be changed over when Check Out FTC 16 FC 2 or FTC 56 FC 2 is set from the PMS 8300R3 5 00 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 NONE Unrestricted RCA Non Restricted 1 RCB N...

Page 253: ...CE Restricted 1 RCF Restricted 2 RCG Fully Restricted RCH Set Room Cutoff 405 Setting of DTMF Receiver PAD Pattern For SLT 8300R4 00 15 PAD Pattern 0 As per CM42 210 0 dB 406 Setting of DTMF Receiver Type For SLT 8300R4 0 1 2 7 Receiver Type 0 For Station Trunk Receiver Type 1 As per CM45 Y B Receiver Type 2 As per CM45 Y B Receiver Type 0 For Station Trunk 407 Calling Number information to be dis...

Page 254: ... station holds the trunk incoming call and transfers it to the trunk 8300R7 0 1 To transmit Not transmitted NOTE 1 Only ISDN SIP Trunk can transmit the caller ID of the call originator at the outgoing trunk NOTE 2 This data is effective when CM35 Y 306 is set to 0 or CMBA Y 44 is set to 01 15 NOTE 3 When an intermediate station is Attendant Console set CM08 1030 Whether to transmit the caller ID o...

Page 255: ...al multiline as a third party of Three Way Calling Conference Three Four Party by CNF and LINE key operation set CM15 Y 063 to 1 064 Dual Hold 00 15 0 1 Restricted Allow 066 Privacy Inhibit Override by Do Not Disturb 067 Voice Call called side 8300R2 NOTE Set the second data to 0 when MH240 is used 068 Off Hook Ringing 00 15 0 1 Restricted Allow 070 Group Listening 0 1 Allow Restricted 071 Attenda...

Page 256: ...tination Name Calling Party Name Indication on Q SIG 0 1 Restricted Allow 153 Connected line number indication on Multiline Terminal dis play in ETSI ISDN Connected Line Identification Presenta tion COLP for a call termination office For EU 0 1 Restricted Allow 154 ETSI ISDN Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP for a call originating office For EU 0 1 Restricted Allow 155 International ...

Page 257: ...f CM15 Y 083 084 and 093 0 1 See below 086 Ringing Line Pickup by Speaker key 00 15 0 1 Allow Restricted Prime Line Pickup NOTE This data is effective when CM15 Y 082 is set to 0 Allow 087 Off Hook Dial Tone is provided when pressing One Touch key while terminal is idle 00 15 0 1 Restricted Allow Continued on next page Default NOTE For the Ringer Tone Pattern see CM65 Y 40 Y 083 Y 084 Y 093 0 Y 09...

Page 258: ...the combination of CM15 Y 088 089 00 15 0 1 See below 090 091 Switch Hook Flash during C O line connection Result of a Switch Hook Flash during a C O line connection is specified by the combination of CM15 Y 090 091 00 15 0 1 See below Continued on next page Default 088 089 MEANING OF DATA 1 1 Effective Special Dial Tone Connection 0 1 Ineffective 0 0 Attendant Recall 8300R2 Default 090 091 MEANIN...

Page 259: ...00 15 0 1 Not displayed To display 096 Type of Multiline Terminal Automatic Allocation is available by Multiline Terminal with LCD for Call Park System 0 1 Multiline Terminal without LCD Multiline Terminal with LCD NOTE Set the second data to 0 when outgoing call history stack dial is restricted Continued on next page Default NOTE For the Ringer Tone Pattern see CM65 Y 40 Y 083 Y 084 Y 093 0 Y 093...

Page 260: ...lable Not available 186 Voice Mail Live Monitoring 0 1 Available Not available 188 Do Not Disturb Setting to sub line setting side 0 1 Allow Restricted 189 Do Not Disturb Setting to sub line set side 0 1 Allow Restricted 194 Call log collection on VoIP call 0 1 Allow Restricted NOTE When changing this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit execute the system data copy by CMEC Y 8 to the R...

Page 261: ... is set 8300R5 0 1 Not lit To light 285 Whether to light MW lamp on Multiline Terminal when UM8000 Mail Voice Mail Live Record is set 8300R5 0 1 Not lit To light 286 Whether to light MW lamp on Multiline Terminal when Message Waiting Message Waiting Console Message Center Interface MCI Open Application Interface OAI Voice Mail Live Record CCIS is set 8300R5 0 1 Not lit To light 289 Dial Mask on LC...

Page 262: ...ode Automatic Login Mode Authentication by MAC Address 481 Call Forwarding Logout IP Station Call Forwarding PS Out of Cell Zone Call Forwarding Not Available Standard SIP Station 00 02 03 Restricted Allow Send Announcement to VRS when no destination is set Allow Send RBT when no destination is set 482 Automatic updating of IP Station firmware at the predeter mined time 0 1 2 Updating One time ret...

Page 263: ...rwarding All Calls of Mobility Access Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote Unit in survival mode CID Call Routing per each station Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote Unit in survival mode CID Call Routing per each station Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote Unit in survival mode CID Call Routing per each tenant Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote Unit in survival mode CID Call Rout...

Page 264: ...setting this data is valid by resetting DT300 DT700 Series or executing CM12 Y 29 486 Setting of VoIP Encryption for DT700 series 8300R6 00 15 0 1 2 7 To encrypt both Control and Voice packets To encrypt Control Packets only To encrypt Voice Packets only Encryption not provided NOTE After setting this command a reset of the terminal is required 489 Session Timer for Standard SIP station 8300R7 00 ...

Page 265: ...ATA MEANING 390 Send detail information of Immediate Printout Call Record for the PMS 00 15 0 1 Allow Restricted 391 Accumulate the call charge 0 1 Allow Restricted 393 The operation set by CM4B Y 00 is executed simultaneously when Room Status Code is set changed 8300R2 0 1 Allow Restricted 394 Call Charge Print for hours 8300R2 0 1 Allow Restricted JULY 17 2009 CM15 ...

Page 266: ...to a Call Pickup group is 60 2 There is no limitation to the number of Call Pickup groups 3 An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Call Pickup group 4 A maximum of 31 Group Diversion groups can be assigned There is no limitation to the number of stations within a Group Diversion group 5 Group Diversion does not work for stations that are not in the Call Pickup group ASSIGNMENT P...

Page 267: ...nd Station number B For example when defining a Call Pickup group with station numbers 300 301 and 302 three operations are performed Station number A Station number B 1st Operation 300 301 2nd Operation 301 302 3rd Operation 302 300 By these three operations a chain of three lines is set up As seen from above one station can be either Station Number A or Station Number B Thus Station Number A B i...

Page 268: ... GROUP 16 NOTE Only one station can be assigned as the Pilot station of a Call Pickup group Default Y STATION NUMBER A SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 8 Pilot station in Call Pickup group X XXXXXXXX Station number in Call Pickup Group 0 1 Pilot station Member station NOTE CM16 ...

Page 269: ...Y 0 it is necessary to change the data for CM17 Y 1 7 to the default 4 For details of other ACD UCD services refer to AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD or UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD of Programming Manual ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 17Y DATA DE STATION NUMBER A 1 8 digits 1 8 digits DE Default Y STATION NUMBER A SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Next st...

Page 270: ...00R5 or before CM17 Y 0 00 99 ACD UCD group 00 ACD UCD group 99 8300R6 or later NONE No data 3 Display of station numbers included in ACD UCD group Display only X XXXXXXXX Station number A X XXXXXXXX Station number B Display only CM17 Y 0 NOTE In CAT mode the displaying station number is added 1 with every press of the S Step forward key regardless of the ACD UCD group In Command Mode of PCPro the...

Page 271: ... XXXXXXXX Pilot station number of ACD UCD group 0 1 To send periodically To send only once CM17 Y 0 CM41 Y 0 16 47 67 CM49 Y 00 CM51 Y 17 B Designation of number of queuing in each ACD UCD group X XXXXXXXX Pilot station number of ACD UCD group 0 1 As per CM42 16 Not provided No limitation CM17 Y 1 CM42 16 C Designation of ACD UCD Delay Announcement ACD UCD Over flow Announcement 8300R6 X XXXXXXXX ...

Page 272: ...equires a secretary station it is necessary to assign CM18 Y 2 2 The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Station Hunting group is 60 3 There is no limitation to the number of Station Hunting groups 4 An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Hunting group 5 Only one hunting system Station Hunting Terminal Station Hunting Circular Station Hunting Secretarial can be...

Page 273: ...wo station numbers to be assigned with one operation are defined as Station Number A and Station Number B Example When you define a Station Hunting Terminal group using Station Numbers 300 301 and 302 designate 300 as the pilot station number and perform the following three operations Station No A Station No B 1st Operation 300 301 2nd Operation 301 302 3rd Operation 302 300 As seen above one stat...

Page 274: ...to any of the member stations NOTE If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy the call is routed to a designated station This station is called Secretary station 3 Display of station num bers included in Station Hunting group Display only X XXXXXXXX Station number A X XXXXXXXX Station number B Display only NOTE In CAT mode the displaying station number ...

Page 275: ... a Station Hunting Circular group which consists of station numbers 310 312 the following three operations are required Station No A Station No B 1st Operation 310 311 2nd Operation 311 312 3rd Operation 312 310 The above operations produce a chain comprised of three lines As seen above a sta tion can be either Station Number A or Station Number B 1 Hunting direction X XXXXXXXX Station number 0 1 ...

Page 276: ... group can be assigned its own Secretary station NOTE If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy the call is routed to a designated station This station is called Secretary station 3 Display of station num bers included in Station Hunting group Display only X XXXXXXXX Station number A X XXXXXXXX Station number B Display only NOTE In CAT mode the display...

Page 277: ...ions are required Station No A Station No B 1st Operation 320 321 2nd Operation 321 322 3rd Operation 322 323 4th Operation 323 320 The above operations produce a chain comprised of four lines As seen above a station can be either Station Number A or Station Number B Thus Station Number A B is used for identifying which of the two station number is to be assigned first 1 Kind of station num bers i...

Page 278: ...unting group can be assigned its own Sec retary station NOTE If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy the call is routed to a designated station This station is called Secretary station 3 Display of station num bers included in Station Hunting group Display only X XXXXXXXX Station number A X XXXXXXXX Station number B Display only NOTE In CAT mode the ...

Page 279: ...ING DATA MEANING 0 Setting of Secretary station number 00 30 See CM18 Y 2 X XXXXXXXX NONE Secretary station number No data 1 Setting of Secretary Hunting method 0 5 7 Not used Hunting As per CM19 Y 2 No hunting 2 Setting of order of Secretary Hunting 00 30 Secretary station serial number A 00 30 31 Secretary station serial number B Not used NOTE The Secretary Station serial number should be assign...

Page 280: ...ATION SERIAL NUMBER SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING 6 Transferred station of Call Forwarding No Answer for each Group Diversion group See CM08 026 00 Group Diversion group 00 30 Group Diversion group 30 See CM16 Y 2 X XXXXXXXX NONE Station number transferred Data E000 DESKCON is not provided No data NOVEMBER 12 2008 CM19 ...

Page 281: ...ber PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE 1B ISDN MULTIPOINT No DATA 0 7 EXE ST DE DE 1 8 digits ISDN LINE STATION No 1 8 digits 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XXXXXXXX Z XXXXXXXX ISDN Line Station No EFXXXXXXXX assigned by CM10 Y 00 Z ISDN Multipoint No 0 7 X XXXXXXXX ISDN Telephone Multipoint Station No X 0 9 A B CM10 Y 00 CMAC Y 01 CM1B ...

Page 282: ...DISPLAY Loading succeeded OK PS is busy WAIT BUSY NOW PS is out of area WD ERROR Lack of PS data DATA ERROR ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 1DYY SETTING DATA DE PS STANDARD 1 9 digits DE SIP STATION No 1 8 digits Default Y PS STANDARD SIP STATION No SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 01 Subline PS number to each Primary PS station X XXXXXXXX Primary PS Station No X XXXXXXX...

Page 283: ...Subline PS station number if provided NOTE 2 The default data of CM1D Y 15 is 00 for North America NOTE 3 PS software version is represented by the lower 3 digits of the PS s issue number which is written on the label in the rear side of PS 16 Primary Subline X XXXXXXXX Primary Subline PS Station No 0 1 Subline PS Primary PS CM10 Y 04 20 PS Operation Data Down load For PCS X XXXXXXXX Primary PS St...

Page 284: ...station number that is converted from NEAX 2000 IPS and SV8300 PS station number X XXXXXXXX Primary Subline PS Station No XX XX CCC NONE PS station No assigned by CM1C from NEAX 2000 IPS Clear No data CM10 Y 04 NOTE 1 This command is used when the system data of NEAX 2000 IPS is converted by System Data Converter of PCPro NOTE 2 PS station numbers are controlled by the following two numbers The in...

Page 285: ...ne the other access code Then decide which one to use or delete change not enough digits entered 2 If WRONG is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code another access code already exists with the same leading digits Delete the last digit and try again to determine the other access code Then decide which one to use or delete change too many digits entered Continued on next p...

Page 286: ...of pressing the keys 0 9 See Character Table on next page Example To register A press key twice By pressing same key 11 times the character returns to the one pressed once To register characters press key after each character registration To switch between alphabet upper case A Z and alphabet lower case a z press key To delete the data overwrite by blank The following is the example to register jo...

Page 287: ...IGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE PROGRAMMABLE 20 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE Character Table 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 A D G J M P T W 3 B E H K N Q U X 4 C F I L O R V Y 5 S Z 6 7 8 9 10 NUMBER OF TIMES KEY ST EXE 20Y DATA DE ACCESS CODE 1 4 digits 1 4 digits DE APRIL 16 2010 CM20 ...

Page 288: ...9 100 515 See SETTING DATA 100 515 NONE No data 4 Single Digit Feature Access Code for BT connection X X 0 9 A B 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NONE Call Back Trunk Queuing Outgoing Executive Override Camp On Call Waiting Message Reminder Set Step Call Message Waiting Record Voice Mail Transfer Single Digit Feature Access Code is not available CM08 570 5 Single Digit Feature Access Code for RBT connection 1 2 6 ...

Page 289: ...6 147 CM15 Y 016 A008 Call Park System Set For Single Line Station Multiline Ter minal Attendant Console CM15 Y 096 A009 Call Park System Retrieve A010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set CM15 Y 000 026 A011 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel A012 Call Forwarding No Answer Busy Line Set CM20 Y 0 3 A012 A013 are used when Call Forwarding No Answer and Busy Line share the same access code CM15 Y 010 011 028...

Page 290: ...TA REMARKS RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING A022 Do Not Disturb Set From station CM08 275 CM15 Y 019 A023 Do Not Disturb Return Message Schedule Cancel A024 Wake Up Call Timed Reminder Set CM15 Y 013 A025 Wake Up Call Timed Reminder Cancel A026 Wake Up Call Timed Reminder Check A027 Wake Up Call Set from Predetermined Station Single Wake Up time operation CM15 Y 020 CM42 03 A028 Wake Up Call Set from ...

Page 291: ... TAS Answer C A050 TAS Answer D A051 TAS Answer E A058 Trunk Hold A059 Trunk Answer A062 Call Park Tenant Set Retrieve For single line station Multiline Termi nal A064 Station Speed Dialing Origination CM73 74 CM15 Y 007 A065 Station Speed Dialing Entry A066 Station Speed Dialing Cancel A067 System Speed Dialing Origination For 300 memories Maximum of 26 digits CM71 72 CM15 Y 006 A068 System Speed...

Page 292: ...e 5 A076 Paging Answer Zone 6 A077 Paging Answer Zone 7 A078 Paging Answer Zone 8 A079 Paging Answer Zone 9 A080 Speaker Radio Paging Cancel Delay Operation CM41 Y 0 20 A081 Individual Trunk Access CM30 Y 19 CM15 Y 055 A084 OAI Terminal Mode Set Facility MSF A085 Account Code CM15 Y 030 CM42 10 A086 Authorization Code CM08 216 CM15 Y 031 CM42 11 A087 Forced Account Code CM08 216 CM15 Y 031 CM42 12...

Page 293: ...RKS RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING A090 Special Operator Call 0 CM90 A091 Special Operator Call 1 8300R2 A092 Special Operator Call 2 8300R2 A093 Special Operator Call 3 8300R2 A094 Emergency Call 8300R2 A095 Individual Attendant Access Inter Position Transfer 8300R2 CM90 A097 Direct Data Entry CM90 Continued on next page JANUARY 14 2011 CM20 ...

Page 294: ...802 2 digits Station 803 3 digits Station 804 4 digits Station 805 5 digits Station For the following features do not assign 5 or more digits station number SMDR PMS CIS Front Desk Terminal 806 6 digits Station 807 7 digits Station 808 8 digits Station 823 2 3 digits Station CM41 Y 0 13 824 2 4 digits Station 825 2 5 digits Station 826 2 6 digits Station 827 2 7 digits Station 828 2 8 digits Stati...

Page 295: ...ay A108 Announcement Service Group 4 Replay A109 Announcement Service Delete A110 Name Display For Multiline Terminal Attendant Console See PRECAUTION 3 A113 Voice Message Waiting Service System Setting of station numbers to be sent CM13 Y 03 CM15 Y 041 042 CM49 Y 00 A114 Voice Message Waiting Service Individual Setting of station numbers to be sent A115 Voice Message Waiting Service System Record...

Page 296: ...00 07 CM15 Y 049 CM90 A131 Internal Zone Paging Group 1 A132 Internal Zone Paging Group 2 A133 Internal Zone Paging Group 3 A134 Internal Zone Paging Group 4 A135 Internal Zone Paging Group 5 A136 Internal Zone Paging Group 6 A137 Internal Zone Paging Group 7 A138 Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Meet me Answer CM56 Y 00 07 CM15 Y 049 CM90 A139 Internal Zone Paging Group 1 A140 Internal Zone Paging Gr...

Page 297: ...ck No 00 CM08 112 0 CM74 A154 Return Message Schedule Set Cancel Code Set data A023 CM15 Y 019 A155 Day Night Mode change Attendant Lockout from DESKCON 8300R2 For DESKCON without MODE key CM90 A156 Attendant Programming for Remote Access to System DISA System Speed Dialing Date Time Change and Tone Ringer Change from DESKCON 8300R2 For DESKCON without PROG key A157 FLF Authorization Code Recognit...

Page 298: ...warding Not Available Set A190 Call Forwarding Not Available Cancel A191 Call Forwarding Not Available Replay A192 Number Sharing Set from sub station A193 Number Sharing Cancel from sub station A194 Number Sharing Set from main station A195 Number Sharing Cancel from main station A196 Set Relocation A197 System Clock Setup by Station Dialing CM15 Y 130 CM90 Y 00 F0A97 A198 Call Park System Set wh...

Page 299: ...239 IP Station Logout CM15 Y 143 CM90 Y 00 F0B39 A241 Call Forwarding Logout Call Forwarding PS Out of Cell Zone Call Forwarding Standard SIP station Off Hook Power Off Cable Pulled Out Set A242 Call Forwarding Logout Call Forwarding PS Out of Cell Zone Call Forwarding Standard SIP station Off Hook Power Off Cable Pulled Out Cancel A243 System Speed Dialing origination 1 8 digits abbreviated Code ...

Page 300: ...cel 8300R5 A263 Peer to Peer Connection for Station to Station Call with Standard SIP station Set 8300R5 When the call is originated only with a station number without Access Code the RTP route set by CM15 Y 229 is applied CM15 Y 229 A264 Peer to Peer Connection for Station to Station Call with Standard SIP station Cancel 8300R5 A267 Mobility Access Mode Set Trunk Access Code 2 8300R6 CM64 Y 14 CM...

Page 301: ... Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 Data is to be assigned in the following two cases there are two or more trunk routes for outgoing call and for deter mining the seizing order of the trunk route CM22 300 323 Tenant Block 00 Tenant Block 23 Data is to be assigned when the pur pose and method of the same access code varies with each tenant CM23 500 515 Kind of Special Terminal Block 00 Kind o...

Page 302: ...DURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 21Y DATA DE ACCESS CODE 3 4 digits DE 1 digit Y ACCESS CODE SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING 0 1 2 3 Numbering Plan 0 Numbering Plan 1 Numbering Plan 2 Numbering Plan 3 X 0 9 A B A047 A051 TAS Answer A TAS Answer E See CM20 100 163 Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 200 231 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 See CM22 800 Operator Call 801 Single digit station No JU...

Page 303: ... 00 to point to another Route Advance Block 01 ST EXE 22YY DATA DE PRIORITY ORDER 3 digits DE 1 digit Default Y PRIORITY ORDER SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 31 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 0 1 2 3 1st Priority 2nd Priority 3rd Priority 4th Priority NOTE 100 163 NONE Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 No data 200 231 NONE Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 No data P...

Page 304: ...N None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 23YY DATA DE TENANT NUMBER 3 4 digits DE 2 digits Default Y TENANT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 23 Tenant Block 00 Tenant Block 23 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 A004 A097 800 828 A100 A199 CM20 100 163 Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 CM30 200 231 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 CM22 NONE No data Services Refer to CM20...

Page 305: ...ent and the corresponding trunk routes are assigned using CM22 PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 25YY DATA DE KIND OF SPECIAL 3 digits DE TERMINAL 1 digit Default Y KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 15 Kind of Special Terminal Block 00 Kind of Special Terminal Block 15 0 1 2 3 4 Ordinary station FAX station See CM13 Y 07 Speech 3 ...

Page 306: ... on a tenant basis PRECAUTION If the data is not assigned NONE then Numbering Plan Group 0 is used for all tenants ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 29 DATA DE 3 digits DE TENANT NUMBER 2 digits Default TENANT NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND REMARKS 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 710 Numbering Plan Group 0 CM20 Y 0 711 Numbering Plan Group 1 CM20 Y 1 712 Numbering Plan Group 2 CM20 Y 2 713 Num...

Page 307: ...Development Block number for each calling party number PRECAUTION These ID codes are effective when CM08 216 217 are set to 0 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 2AYY 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 1 16 digits 1 8 digits DE Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 00 09 ID Code Development number 00 09 NOTE CM2A Y 00 09 is determined by CM2A Y A0 2nd data 0 9 X X XXX ID Code Maxim...

Page 308: ...alidate ID code 11 Trunk Restriction Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Unrestricted RCA Non Restricted 1 RCB Non Restricted 2 RCC Semi Restricted 1 RCD Semi Restricted 2 RCE Restricted 1 RCF Restricted 2 RCG Fully Restricted RCH 12 Service Restriction Class A 00 15 Service Restriction Class A 00 15 NOTE Available features in each class are assigned by CM15 13 Service Restriction Class B 00 15 Service Restrict...

Page 309: ...ting station of Manual Call Forward ing set by DISA X XXXXXXXX NONE Station No All stations 50 Development Block number for calling party number Development Pattern 0 assigned by CM76 Y 26 CM35 Y 174 X X XXX Calling Party number Maximum 16 digits 000 999 NONE Development Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 No data 51 Development Block number for calling party number Development Pattern 1 assigned by...

Page 310: ...s in the account code field in the SMDR data stream Authorization Code appears in a separate field designated specifically for Authorization Code Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING A0 ID Code Development number NOTE CM2A Y 00 09 is determined by this data 0 Authorization Code 0 9 NONE ID Code Development Number 00 09 Related Command CM2A Y 00 09 No data 1 Forced Accou...

Page 311: ...ION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT VoIP ENCRYPTION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT 2B FUNCTION This command is used to set up the Authorization Code per station for PAD Lock feature Also used to set up the password for the ID registration of the IP Station Station Digest Authentication and the VoIP Encryption PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 2BYY 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 1 8 digits 1 10 digits DE JANUARY 31 2012 ...

Page 312: ...um 8 digits X 0 9 A B No data Standard SIP Station registra tion password X XXXXXXXX NONE Password Maximum 8 digits X 0 9 A B No data NOTE 1 When the default is set to NONE the password is set to 0000 NOTE 2 After assigning this command while SIP server is operating be sure to report changing the SIP server assigned by CM1D Y 33 second data 1 NOTE 3 The number of digits of the second data depends ...

Page 313: ...ed 1 RCB Non Restricted 2 RCC Semi Restricted 1 RCD Semi Restricted 2 RCE Restricted 1 RCF Restricted 2 RCG Fully Restricted RCH CM12 Y 02 CM15 Y 031 CM42 73 CM20 Y 0 3 A230 CM2B Y 02 02 Service Restriction Class A 00 15 Service Restriction Class A 00 15 NOTE The features avail able in each class are programmed in CM15 CM2B Y 01 CM15 03 Service Restriction Class B 00 15 Service Restriction Class B...

Page 314: ...utomatic Login Mode for mainte nance person nel 00 Password for reset setup X XXXXXXXX NONE Password Maximum 8 digits X 0 9 A B No data CM08 513 CM15 Y 480 11 VoIP Encryp tion Password 8300R6 00 One Time Password XXXX XXXXX XXXXX NONE One Time Password OTP 4 10 digits X 0 9 A B No data NOTE 1 Specify the password assigned by this data to One Time Password OTP for the terminal NOTE 2 For security i...

Page 315: ...E DATA TABLE DATA ST 30YY EXE TRUNK NUMBER 000 511 1 8 digits DE DE Default Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Trunk route allocation 00 63 NONE Trunk route number 00 Trunk route number 63 No data CM35 CM10 01 Allocation of tenants to trunks 00 01 63 Tenant number 00 Tenant number 01 Tenant number 63 CM63 Y 0 2 CM49 Y 01 07 CM51 CM65 Continued on next page RESET BLADE RESET ...

Page 316: ...rance TAS 8300R2 TAS Attendant Console 8300R2 Remote Access to System DISA ISDN Indial for receiving maximum 8digits dialed number ISDN Indial for receiving complete dialed number Enblock Dialing Method for Forced On PBX 8300R7 For EU DID Tie Line and the call which is not handled by the PBX CM30 Y 18 CM30 Y 04 CM49 CM64 NOTE 1 When data 02 03 11 or 12 is assigned set CM30 Y 18 to 0 NOTE 2 For DID...

Page 317: ...M71 67 CM35 Y 040 EBXXX Voice Response System number XXX 000 007 8300R6 software or before 000 015 8300R7 software or later CM15 Y 033 CM20 Y 0 3 A100 A101 A102 CM49 Y 00 03000 NONE No data 05 Direct In Termination in Night Mode X XXXXXXXX Station number for Direct In Termina tion in Night Mode Night Connection Fixed CM10 CM11 CM08 179 CXX Abbreviated code of System Speed Dialing for DIT Outside X...

Page 318: ... CIC 000 TRK No D114 Bch CIC 014 TRK No D122 Bch CIC 022 TRK No D115 Dch TRK No D123 Dch TRK No D116 Bch CIC 015 TRK No D130 Bch CIC 029 Continued on next page Default Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 07 CIC Circuit Identification Code used for ISDN Primary Rate Interface voice channels NOTE 000 029 NONE CIC000 CIC029 No data 08 Restriction of outgoing connec tion during Nigh...

Page 319: ... station becomes idle CM44 Y 00 13XX CM53 14 Handing of busy not available Direct In Termination destina tion in Night Mode 01 04 06 15 Forward to TAS BUZZER indication Forward to Attendant Console 8300R2 Automatic Camp On Keep the call ringing Wait until the station becomes idle CM44 Y 00 13XX CM53 15 Handling of unanswered calls to Direct In Termination destina tion in Day Mode 01 03 15 Attendan...

Page 320: ...ND No MEANING DATA MEANING 19 Trunk number XXXX Trunk ID code NOTE ISDN subscriber number XXXX ISDN subscriber number NOTE CM30 Y 34 CM50 Y 05 28 Paging Answer Zone Kind of Paging XZ X Paging Answer Zone 0 Paging Answer Zone 0 9 Paging Answer Zone 9 CM20 Y 0 3 A070 A079 CM44 Y 00 02XX Z Kind of Paging 1 Radio Paging no answer 3 Radio Paging non delay answer 5 Radio Paging non delay and delay answe...

Page 321: ...de NOTE 1 NOTE 2 00 01 03 04 05 06 08 15 C O line release Forward to TAS indicator Forward to Attendant Console 8300R2 Forward to DIT station Music DT connection for Redial DT connection for Redial Automated Attendant 2nd Answering message DT connec tion for Redial or Remote Access to System DISA C O line release C O line release CM41 Y 0 34 CM30 Y 04 05 CM49 Y 02 CM48 Y 2 31 Handling of busy not ...

Page 322: ...15 Local Office Code Table No 00 Local Office Code Table No 14 Not assigned CM50 Y 05 35 CIC Circuit Identification Code used for No 7 CCIS SIP voice channels 001 127 NONE CIC 001 CIC 127 No data CM35 Y 090 091 NOTE 1 For Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 be sure that the trunk route No assigned by this data does not overlap the trunk route No used for IPT P2P CCIS within a...

Page 323: ...e Access to System DISA ISDN Indial for receiving maximum 8digits dialed number ISDN Indial for receiving complete dialed number Enblock Dialing Method for Forced On PBX 8300R7 For EU DID Tie Line and the call which is not handled by the PBX CM30 Y 18 CM30 Y 05 CM49 CM64 41 Terminating System in Mode B for incoming C O calls NOTE 1 When data 02 03 11 or 12 is assigned set CM30 Y 18 to 0 NOTE 2 For...

Page 324: ...00 007 8300R6 software or before 000 015 8300R7 software or later CM15 Y 033 CM20 Y 0 3 A100 A101 A102 CM49 Y 00 03000 NONE No data 43 Direct In Termination in Mode B X XXXXXXXX Station number for Direct In Termina tion in Mode B Night Connection Fixed CM10 CM11 CM08 179 CXX Abbreviated code of System Speed Dialing for DIT Outside XX 00 31 CM71 66 CM35 Y 040 EBXXX Voice Response System number XXX ...

Page 325: ... 2 The BRT and the Multiline Terminal for power failure must be installed on the same Line Trunk chassis for activating this data Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 47 Association of BRT and Multiline Terminal for power failure 8300R2 NOTE 1 NOTE 2 X XXXXXXXX Station number of Multiline Terminal for power failure CM41 Y 0 145 JANUARY 31 2012 CM30 ...

Page 326: ...r CPU blade Nation code For EU 05 Austria Belgium Denmark Germany Italy South Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland The Netherlands UK Brazil China Interna tional Latin America Asia NOTE 1 Default of CM31 Y 0 0 depends on each nation code of the CPU program For Australia NZ 01 For North America 03 For Asia Africa Europe Latin America Middle East Russia 04 NOTE 2 In case of EU the default of CM31 Y 0 0 i...

Page 327: ...ackward GA signals on DOD MFC call 01 15 Backward Group A1 A15 8300R3 5 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 NONE Send first digit Send next digit N 1 Send last but one digit n 1 Address complete change over GB Congestion Send calling party s category No Address complete setup speech condition Send last but two digit n 2 Send last but three digit n 3 Send last digit No data 7 01 15 Received Backward GB s...

Page 328: ...NE Send G I Signal First digit over GA Send G I Signal Next digit over GA Address complete change over GB Congestion Send G III Signal Next digit N 1 Send G I Signal Same digit change over GA No data 9 01 15 Forward signal meaning request of next digit toward sending Collect call signal on DID MFC call 01 15 Forward GII 1 GII 15 8300R3 5 00 14 15 Terminating to Attendant Console Collect call Termi...

Page 329: ... 02 Forward signal meaning the end of digit code on DOD DID MFC call 8300R3 5 01 15 NONE Forward GI 1 Forward GI 15 No data 03 Forward signal when originating from sta tion Attendant Console or by Tandem con nection on DOD MFC call 8300R3 5 01 15 NONE Forward GII 1 Forward GII 15 Forward GII 1 04 Forward signal when originating from data station on DOD MFC call 8300R3 5 01 15 NONE Forward GII 1 Fo...

Page 330: ...ttern from T1 network is ANI format assign the data 0 18 Sending of ACK WINK signal to DTI on receiving DP signal North America Only 0 1 To send Not sent NOTE When the signal pattern from T 1 network is FGD format assign the data to 1 When the signal pattern from T 1 network is ANI format assign 0 30 Tone level of MFC Forward Signal Back ward Signal 8300R3 5 01 90 91 92 97 NONE 45 dB Increment uni...

Page 331: ...ceiver start delay time 8300R3 5 00 98 99 NONE 0 ms Increment unit 0 25 ms 24 5 ms 64 ms 0 ms NOTE A reset by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after this data setting 34 Forward signal receiver detect Level 8300R3 5 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 NONE Detect Level 0 0 to 25 dBm Detect Level 1 5 to 30 dBm Detect Level 2 10 to 35 dBm Detect Level 3 15 to 40 dBm Detect Level 4 20 to 45 dBm Detect Level 5 25 to 50 dBm...

Page 332: ... 38 43 48 53 dBm 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 dBm 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 dBm 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 dBm NOTE A reset by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after this data setting 36 Forward signal receiver maximum Detect Level for Detect Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8300R3 5 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 NONE 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 dBm 1 6 11 16 21 26 31 dBm 2 7 12 17 22 27 32 dBm 3 8 13 18 23 28 33 dBm 4 9 14 19...

Page 333: ...t by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after this data setting 39 Forward signal receiver ON detect time 8300R3 5 01 98 99 NONE 30 ms Increment unit 15 ms 1485 ms 3840 ms 30 ms NOTE A reset by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after this data setting 40 Forward signal receiver OFF detect time 8300R3 5 01 98 99 NONE 30 ms Increment unit 15 ms 1485 ms 3840 ms 30 ms NOTE A reset by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after th...

Page 334: ...s data setting 43 Backward signal receiver Minimum Detect Level for Detect Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8300R3 5 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 NONE 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dBm 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 dBm 12 17 22 27 32 37 42 dBm 13 18 23 28 33 38 43 dBm 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 dBm 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 dBm 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 dBm 17 22 27 32 37 42 47 dBm 18 23 28 33 38 43 48 dBm 19 24 29 34 39 44 ...

Page 335: ...7 dBm 8 13 18 23 28 33 38 dBm 9 14 19 24 29 34 39 dBm 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dBm 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 dBm 12 17 22 27 32 37 42 dBm 13 18 23 28 33 38 43 dBm 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 dBm 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 dBm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 dBm NOTE A reset by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after this data setting 45 Backward signal receiver twist Level 8300R3 5 00 09 NONE 1 dB Increment unit 1 dB 10 dB 10 dB NOTE A res...

Page 336: ... 90 0 is required after this data setting 49 Number of received digits of called number from PSTN 8300R3 5 01 31 NONE 1 digit Increment unit 1 digit 31 digits 31 digits NOTE A reset by CM31 Y A 90 0 is required after this data setting 50 Number of received digits of ANI signal from PSTN 8300R3 5 01 31 NONE 1 digit Increment unit 1 digit 31 digits 16 digits 51 Forward signal meaning no ANI signal o...

Page 337: ...uration from sending start Backward signal to receiving stop Forward signal Not used in Australia North America 01 31 NONE 1 second Increment unit 1 second 31 seconds 24 seconds 07 Duration from detecting receiving stop Forward signal to receiving next Forward signal Not used in Australia North America 01 31 NONE 1 second Increment unit 1 second 31 seconds 24 seconds 11 Sending duration of Backwar...

Page 338: ...on of Pulse Form signal Not used in Australia North America 00 01 12 NONE 0 ms 50 ms Increment unit 50 ms 600 ms 200 ms 14 Forbidding duration of receiving Forward signal for sending Pulse Form signal Not used in Australia North America 00 01 12 NONE 0 ms 50 ms Increment unit 50 ms 600 ms 350 ms 15 Forbidding duration of receiving Forward signal for sending Pulse Type signal Not used in Australia ...

Page 339: ...git N 1 8300R3 5 02 Send last but one digit n 1 8300R3 5 03 Address complete change over GB 8300R3 5 04 Congestion 8300R3 5 05 Send calling party s category No next digit 8300R3 5 06 Address complete setup speech condition 8300R3 5 07 Send last but two digit n 2 8300R3 5 08 Send last but three digit n 3 8300R3 5 09 Send last digit 8300R3 5 10 Send calling party s category No Venezuela Only 8300R5 ...

Page 340: ...ree Charge 8300R3 5 01 15 NONE Backward Group B1 Backward Group B15 No data 02 Subscriber s Line Busy 8300R3 5 04 Congestion 8300R3 5 05 Subscriber s Line Free No Charge 8300R3 5 06 Subscriber s Line Free Call under control 8300R3 5 07 Unallocated Number Collect Call Blocking 8300R3 5 08 Subscriber s Make busy 8300R3 5 Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CM31 ...

Page 341: ...git over GA Mexico Only 8300R5 01 15 NONE Backward Group C1 Backward Group C15 No data 01 Send G I Signal Next digit over GA Mexico Only 8300R5 03 Address complete change over GB Mexico Only 8300R5 04 Congestion Mexico Only 8300R5 05 Send G III Signal Next digit N 1 Mexico Only 8300R5 09 Send G I Signal Same digit change over GA Mexico Only 8300R5 JANUARY 14 2011 CM31 ...

Page 342: ...tion signaling should be similar to that of CM35 Y 020 Sender starting condition The table below shows the assignment of the sender starting condition in relation to the incoming connection signaling NOTE indicates the data to be assigned INCOMING CONNECTION SIGNALING CM35 Y 009 SENDER START CONDITION CM35 Y 020 REMARKS Ground Start 01 Ground Start 02 Loop Start 15 Loop Start 15 Wink Start 03 Wink...

Page 343: ... 35 2 The Commands of CM35 requiring blade reset after the data setting are as follows Blade reset is required Blade reset is not required The data is not effective Y No BLADE TYPE COT ODT LDT DTI BRT PRT 001 009 020 023 025 079 089 104 105 113 129 144 291 299 JUNE 15 2011 CM35 ...

Page 344: ...IE Tie line trunk Paging Trunk Not used 001 Dialing signal type See PRECAUTION 2 Incoming Outgoing 2 3 4 7 DP 10 PPS DP 10 PPS DP 10 20 PPS DP 20 PPS DTMF DTMF DP DTMF DTMF 002 Call direction 1 2 3 Incoming trunk Outgoing trunk Bothway trunk 003 Trunk name number 00 14 15 16 63 Trunk name 00 14 Kind of trunk route assigned by CM35 Y 000 is displayed Trunk name 16 63 CM77 Y 2 3 Local Office Code ta...

Page 345: ...g connec tion or incoming connection 0 1 No release signal arrives Ground Start Loop Start C O line without Release signal Release signal arrives Tie line Ground Start Loop Start with Release signal DID ISDN SIP 008 Sending dial pulse on outgo ing call 1 2 3 No dial pulses are sent out Speaker Paging Dial pulses are sent out For test Release the resister sender when the calling station is on hook ...

Page 346: ... Ordinary TRK Radio Paging TRK Determined by 2 digit STN CM35 Y 076 NOTE 1 NOTE 2 Only dialed No is sent 1 digit 1 digit STN 2 digits 2 digits STN 3 digits 3 digits STN 4 digits 4 digits STN 5 digits 2 digits STN 254 digits NOTE 1 When CM35 Y 076 is set to 15 this data setting is not required release the sender by time out or by answer signal from the called distant office When CM35 Y 076 is set t...

Page 347: ...ing Call 0 Standard FX key North America Only FX Incoming Call 7 WATS Incoming Call 0 Standard WATS key North America Only WATS Incoming Call 7 CCSA Incoming Call 0 Standard CCSA key North America Only CCSA Incoming Call 7 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 Standard TIE key Tie Line Incoming Call 7 Call Termination via No 7 CCIS No data CM90 CM50 NOTE 1 When the standard LED indications are utilized set the...

Page 348: ...5 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 15 0 add 1 add 2 add 3 add 4 add 5 add 6 add 7 add 8 add 9 add 2 digits addition CM50 Y 00 0 1 digit deletion 2 digits deletion Addition deletion is not performed CM50 Y 00 018 Digit conversion on DID call 0 1 To provide Not provided CM35 Y 171 CM76 NOTE When this data is set to 1 digit conversion by CM76 is provided to the number of digits to be con verted on DID number set...

Page 349: ...seconds 5 0 seconds 6 0 seconds 7 0 seconds 8 0 seconds 9 0 seconds 10 0 seconds 11 0 seconds 12 0 seconds 3 0 seconds CM08 193 194 331 022 Automatic live recording 0 1 Start automatically Not available NOTE When this feature is activated be sure to assign CM08 141 CM13 Y 23 and or CM76 Y 13 CM08 141 CM13 Y 23 CM76 Y 13 023 DP Inter digital pause See PRECAUTION 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 300 ms 400 ms 500 ...

Page 350: ...ble for LDT ODT when using 8300R6 software or later 026 DTMF signal width 0 1 64 ms 128 ms 028 Outgoing Trunk Queuing 0 1 Not allowed Allow CM15 Y 002 032 Distinctive lamp indication on Multiline Terminal dur ing external incoming call termination 0 1 Green 120 IPM Red 120 IPM CM08 137 NOTE The lamp indication for an internal incoming call is red 120 IPM flashing For indicating the termi nation of...

Page 351: ... 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF For EU is applied Interval of Multiline Termi nal ringing signal to station on incoming calls North America Only 0 1 2 3 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF 2 seconds ON 4 seconds OFF NOTE For incoming calls to Trunk Line Appearance key on Multiline Terminal...

Page 352: ...ng Caller ID MFC Signaling on DID 0 1 Available Not available 038 MFC Signaling on DOD Enhanced 911 0 1 Available Not available 039 Trunk release by detecting reversal of tip and ring on outgoing C O call 0 1 Not released To release 040 Abbreviated Codes for speed calling for routing to C O line when all tie lines are busy 00 31 NONE Abbreviated Codes for System Speed Dialing assigned by CM71 66 N...

Page 353: ...lease timing 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 seconds 4 seconds 6 seconds 8 seconds 12 seconds 14 seconds 16 seconds 10 seconds 048 Sending Busy Idle informa tion to network North America Only 0 1 Not available Available Backward signal when address is completed on DID 8300R3 5 0 1 Set up speech condition without waiting FW GII Waiting FW GII NOTE For Brazil this data must be set to 1 049 SMDR for incoming call ...

Page 354: ...ction Restricted 2 RCG 0 1 Restricted Allow 058 Restriction of outgoing con nection Fully Restricted RCH 0 1 Restricted Allow 059 Call Waiting for DID call 0 1 Allow Restricted CM08 367 060 Priority Queuing 0 1 Allow Restricted 061 Restriction of incoming con nection to station Unrestricted RCA 0 1 Restricted Allow CM12 Y 01 062 Restriction of incoming connection to station Non Restricted 1 RCB 0 ...

Page 355: ...nouncement service group 0 0 1 Restricted Allow CM20 Y 0 3 A103 A109 CM49 Y 00 04XX CM15 Y 034 039 070 Announcement service group 1 0 1 Restricted Allow 071 Announcement service group 2 0 1 Restricted Allow 072 Announcement service group 3 0 1 Restricted Allow 073 Announcement service group 4 0 1 Restricted Allow 074 Attendant Delay Announce ment 8300R2 0 1 Allow Restricted CM08 067 CM35 Y 173 CM4...

Page 356: ...int to Point Point to Multipoint NOTE Set 0 for BRT blade 083 Trunk seizure sequence for an outgoing call 0 1 As per CM08 078 By allotter CM08 078 CMA7 Y 64 086 Centrex trunk 0 1 To provide Not provided 087 Distinctive Ringing by detecting the ringing signal from main PBX or Centrex 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE 1 When this function is utilized be sure to set Trunk Line Appearance as the termin...

Page 357: ...A7 CMA8 NOTE 1 IPT P2P CCIS must be on CCH00 NOTE 2 Do not set the same SIP trunk number for each carrier each other when Multi Carrier Connection service is used 093 D Channel Handler DCH number used for ISDN Primary Rate Interface 00 31 NONE DCH00 DCH31 No data 097 Route class data on CCIS Route to Route Restriction XZ NONE X Day Trunk Restriction class Z Night Trunk Restriction class Setting da...

Page 358: ...le 102 Reversal on Idle Australia Only 0 1 Available Not available 103 Auto Polarity Collection Australia Only 0 1 Available Not available 104 Polarity of 2 wire E M 4 wire E M trunk ODT See PRECAUTION 2 1 3 E wire M wire Open Open Signaling Type I Ground Ground Signaling Type V 105 Purpose of 2 wire E M 4 wire E M trunk ODT See PRECAUTION 2 0 1 2 wire E M Trunk 4 wire E M Trunk 106 Malicious Call...

Page 359: ...R3 5 0 1 Available Not available 119 Forced release for tandem connection for incoming trunk 0 1 Available Not available CM08 029 CM41 Y 0 54 129 Sending method of calling number from to network See PRECAUTION 2 0 1 3 4 7 CALLER ID CLASS SM T1 ANI Enhanced 911 CALLER ID DTMF 8300R5 MFC R2 8300R3 5 130 Sending of expanded infor mation on Low Layer Com patibility LLC information element 0 1 Allow Re...

Page 360: ...s 138 Sending of received ANI information from network to VMS with MCI 0 1 To send Not sent 140 Roaming Service For PCS 8300R2 0 1 Available Not available NOTE A trunk route of voice control channel on CCIS virtual trunk must be set to 0 141 Pursuit function after Roam ing PS For PCS 8300R2 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE When using roaming service set the second data to 0 for C O Trunk route of ...

Page 361: ...witch hook flash while talking with another trunk TRUNK B 0 1 Broker s Call TRUNK B is held and station returns to the connection with TRUNK A Three way Calling CM08 103 104 150 Storage of the call history IC when answering a trunk call handling of unanswered a trunk call 0 1 To store Not stored CM12 Y 38 155 Calling party number is used as the ID Code for Remote Access to System DISA 0 1 Availabl...

Page 362: ...Y 2 38 NOTE 1 Set this data when the router provides DiffServ QoS if required DiffServ Differentiated Services one type of QoS QoS Quality of Service NOTE 2 When this data is set the TOS field Precedence set by CM35 Y 134 is ineffective If you want to validate the Precedence set by CM35 Y 134 set CCC data clear for CM35 Y 161 NOTE 3 This data setting is required only for Point to Multipoint connec...

Page 363: ...r is 050 1234 5678 When 2nd data is set to NONE 5678 is developed by CM76 When 2nd data is set to 08 12345678 is developed NOTE 2 This data is effective when CM35 Y 18 and CM35 Y 170 is set to 0 NOTE 3 When DID number is displayed on LCD of Multiline Terminal or Attendant Console only the last 4 digits are displayed 172 Number of digits to be received for Development Table 1 01 14 15 1 14 digits 4...

Page 364: ...calls to CCT IPT P2P CCIS with Alternate Routing for a fault occur rence 0 1 To provide Not provided CM35 Y 186 193 Characteristic level 8300R3 06 09 NONE Characteristic level No data CM0B Y 300 350 NOTE Do not change this data when the system is operated normally 196 Q SIG Facility 00 15 Q SIG No data CM35 Y 90 0 NOTE This command is effective when CM35 Y 90 0 No 7 CCIS 197 Object ID assignment o...

Page 365: ...er for ETSI ISDN Q SIG Overlap Receiving For EU 00 07 15 Area Code Development Pattern No 0 Area Code Development Pattern No 7 Not used CM85 CM08 626 627 CM35 Y 203 203 ETSI ISDN Q SIG Overlap Receiving For EU 0 1 To provide Not provided CM08 026 027 CM35 Y 202 205 Whether to send SMDR out put of abandoned incoming call to the trunk route 0 1 To send Not sent 206 ISDN Q SIG call origination proced...

Page 366: ...ected Line Identification Presentation COLP for a call terminat ing office For EU 0 1 To provide Not provided CM15 Y 153 154 CM35 Y 221 CM08 629 NOTE When providing ETSI ISDN COLP assign the connected line number for COLP as follows Connected line number Local office code CM50 Y 05 ISDN Subscriber Number CM12 Y 12 221 Receiving connected line number from call terminat ing office in ETSI ISDN Conne...

Page 367: ... ISDN Channel Negoti ation For EU 0 1 To provide Not provided 230 Type of number ISDN Call ing party number 00 01 02 03 04 06 NONE Unknown International number National number Network specific number Subscriber number Abbreviated number No data CM35 Y 234 NOTE This command is effective when CM35 Y 234 is set to 0 231 Numbering plan identifica tion ISDN Calling party number 00 01 03 04 08 09 NONE U...

Page 368: ...31 244 Dial Tone DT sending to calling party of opposite office when receiving the SETUP message by Overlap Receiving Q SIG Russia Only 0 1 To send DT of own office Not sent NOTE 1 This command can be also used to specify whether the SETUP message does not contain a called par ty number is enabled or not When the SETUP message does not contain a called party number message is not enabled assign th...

Page 369: ...cified for incoming call with no CLI in Day Mode 0 1 3 Specified when reason of the incoming call with no CLI is Privacy Specified for all incoming call with no CLI Not specified CM35 Y 255 NOTE Assign the call terminating method by CM35 Y 255 when this command is set to 0 1 255 Specification of the call ter minating method for incom ing call with no CLI in Day Mode 0 1 2 3 To transfer to the VRS ...

Page 370: ...inal receives the incoming call 265 Screening Indicator ISDN Calling party number 3 NONE Network provided No data 266 Relay of the ALERT mes sage to the calling party in tandem connection ISDN to ISDN 0 1 To provide Not provided CM35 Y 233 NOTE 1 This command should be set to both incoming trunk route and outgoing trunk route of tandem office NOTE 2 To send tone to the calling party according to t...

Page 371: ...n by Overlap Sending Q SIG Russia Only 1 4 8 15 Progress Description 1 Progress Description 4 Progress Description 8 No data CM35 Y 270 NOTE 1 This command is effective when the second data of CM35 Y 270 is set to 1 NOTE 2 This command should be assigned to outgoing trunk route 272 Progress Description by Overlap Receiving Q SIG Russia Only 1 4 8 15 Progress Description 1 Progress Description 4 Pr...

Page 372: ... office For EU 0 1 Allow Restricted 279 Pattern number for adding an access code for outgoing call to the calling number stored by Message Reminder when terminating a tandem call via CCIS SIP trunk 0 7 NONE Pattern No 0 Pattern No 7 No data CM50 Y 11 281 Calling party number relay ing in ISDN to ISDN CCIS to ISDN connection for incoming trunk route For EU 0 3 To provide Not provided CM35 Y 282 NOT...

Page 373: ...tandem connection is available when both CM35 Y 281 and CM35 Y 282 are set to 0 284 Mobility access Prefix 8300R7 For EU 2 7 Enblock Dialing Method for Forced On PBX Not provided 286 Registering a fault information when a long call duration of trunk call occurs 0 1 Not registered To register CM42 182 CMEA Y 2 04A 289 Setting of PAD data from a trunk to a station 01 15 16 17 31 NONE 15 dB 1 dB incr...

Page 374: ...oute of the base port of each COT LDT ODT blade All ports of the blade including COTDB become the same setting NOTE 2 For the second data signal losses in the line distance of the line are estimated as follows Second data 01 TYPE1 Very short distance 0 dB 02 TYPE2 Middle distance 4 dB 03 TYPE3 Long distance 8 dB NOTE 3 For a COT blade set the second data shown below depending on the line distance ...

Page 375: ...unk Effective for LDT ODT PRT DTI CCT SIP IPT P2P CCIS 8300R3 01 15 16 17 31 NONE 15 dB 1 dB increment 1 dB 0 dB 1 dB 1 dB increment 15 dB 0 dB Gain Loss 297 Setting of PAD data from a trunk to a DTMF Receiver Effective for COT LDT ODT BRT PRT DTI 8300R4 00 44 45 46 63 NONE 45 dB 1 dB increment 1 dB 0 dB 1 dB 1 dB increment 18 dB 0 dB Gain Loss 298 Setting of DTMF Receiver Type Effective for COT L...

Page 376: ...m COMMAND CODE TITLE TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35 Default Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 299 Polarity Detection of COT 8300R4 See PRECAUTION 2 0 1 To detect Polarity free Continued on next page BLADE RESET JANUARY 31 2012 CM35 ...

Page 377: ...rty Number assigned by CM12 Y 12 13 To send Calling Party Number assigned by CM12 Y 46 47 As per CM8A Y 5XXX 176 To send Calling Party Number assigned by CM12 Y 12 13 when calling to a trunk route CM12 Y 12 13 46 47 CM8A Y 5XXX 176 CMBA Y 44 NOTE 1 Whether to be sent My line number Sub line number per Line Key can be selected by CM13 Y 70 71 NOTE 2 When an outgoing trunk is SIP trunk set the Calli...

Page 378: ...ther to add the prefix code for Calling Party Number when calling from a trunk 8300R5 0 1 To add Not added CM35 Y 306 308 CMBA Y 44 NOTE This data is effective when sending the Calling Party Number when calling from tandem connection set by CM36 Y 306 0 314 Dial Mask on LCD during talking with trunk 8300R6 0 1 Allow Restricted CM15 Y 289 NOTE Set the second data of both CM15 Y 289 and CM35 Y 314 t...

Page 379: ...ovide VRS Waiting Message Greeting Mode Not available CM76 Y 45 48 321 VRS Waiting Message for Night Mode 8300R7 322 VRS Waiting Message for Mode A 8300R7 323 VRS Waiting Message for Mode B 8300R7 324 1st VRS Waiting Message for Day Mode 8300R7 00 63 NONE VRS Waiting Message No 00 63 No data CM76 Y 49 52 325 1st VRS Waiting Message for Night Mode 8300R7 326 1st VRS Waiting Message for Mode A 8300R...

Page 380: ...RS Waiting Message for Night Mode 8300R7 330 2nd VRS Waiting Message for Mode A 8300R7 331 2nd VRS Waiting Message for Mode B 8300R7 332 VRS Waiting Message Send Pattern for Day Mode 8300R7 0 1 To send only one time To send periodically CM76 Y 57 60 333 VRS Waiting Message Send Pattern for Night Mode 8300R7 334 VRS Waiting Message Send Pattern for Mode A 8300R7 335 VRS Waiting Message Send Pattern...

Page 381: ...38 Multiple connections of VRS Waiting Message for Mode A 8300R7 339 Multiple connections of VRS Waiting Message for Mode B 8300R7 340 Enblock Dialing Method for Forced on PBX 8300R7 For EU 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE This data is only effective for SIP trunk 999 Returning all trunk route data to default settings CCC Return to default settings NOTE 1 All trunk route data by CM35 set to each t...

Page 382: ...PAD data for tandem connection within a system for each combination of an incoming trunk route and an outgoing trunk route PRECAUTION 1 Any incoming trunk route assigned to No release signal in CM35 Y 005 is restricted from tandem connection ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 36Y DATA DE INCOMING TRUNK 1 4 digits DE ROUTE 2 digits OUTGOING TRUNK ROUTE 2 digits JULY 17 2009 CM36 ...

Page 383: ...tion 00 63 00 63 0 1 Allow Restricted CM35 Y 005 1 Setting of PAD data for tandem connection aa bb NONE aa PAD data from an incoming trunk route to an outgoing trunk route 01 31 bb PAD data from an outgoing trunk route to an incoming trunk route 01 31 01 15 dB 15 1 dB 1 dB increment 16 0 dB 17 1 dB 31 15 dB 1 dB increment 0 dB 0 dB Gain Loss CM35 Y 005 NOTE This command is effective for the follow...

Page 384: ...system when built in modem is connected Built in PMS 8300R3 0 1 4 5 6 7 Not available to use these ports at the same time Maximum 1 system MCI 0 1 4 5 6 7 Not available to use these ports at the same time Maximum 1 system External Printer for PMS Not available to use these ports at the same time Maximum 1 system VoIP log collection 0 1 Not available to use these ports at the same time Maximum 1 sy...

Page 385: ...d the available con nections are as follows UNIT01 PORT1 PCPro UNIT01 PORT2 SMDR UNIT02 PORT1 External Printer for PMS UNIT03 PORT1 MCI FUNCTION RS 232C PORTS ON THE CPU BLADE REMARKS UNIT01 UNIT02 UNIT03 UNIT04 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 Remote Mainte nance using external modem or built in modem of CPU blade Modem on the mar ket 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Available to use these ...

Page 386: ...01 For survival mode or off line mode the data setting such as MCI or external printer for PMS is ineffective even if the system data for them is set by CM40 Y 00 In that case PCPro can be connected to RS 232C ports of each unit For on line mode PCPro cannot be connected to the same RS 232C port which is already set the system data such as MCI or external printer for PMS is set by CM40 Y 00 2 The ...

Page 387: ...0R2 NOTE 1 UNIT03 PORT2 8300R2 NOTE 1 08 10 11 14 19 20 24 NONE VoIP log collection MCI MCI and Built in SMDR Built in SMDR Individual Station Record by CIS 8300R1 Built in SMDR 8300R2 or later NOTE 2 MP FP Command Output External printer for PMS PMS 8300R3 No data 01 Data length 0 1 7 bit 8 bit 02 Parity check 0 1 Effective Ineffective 03 Kind of parity 0 1 Odd parity Even parity 04 Stop bit 0 1 ...

Page 388: ...al Printer NOTE 5 Set the second data of CM40 Y 07 as follows When using a printer cable 0 always ON When using a cable except printer 1 As per CS signal input NOTE 6 CM40 Y 13 should be set to 0 for downloading soft key information from UM8000 to CPU Continued on next page Default Y PORT LOCATION NUMBER SETTING DATA REMARKS No MEANING DATA MEANING 07 CS control 0 1 4 5 6 7 UNIT01 PORT1 UNIT01 POR...

Page 389: ...all Waiting Answer Called Side restricted NOTE 3 This command is available when CM08 909 is set to 0 Default Y 1ST DATA SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 10 CPU Built In Modem 1 Station number of built in modem NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 X XXXXXXXX NONE Built in modem No X 0 9 A B No data CM08 909 CM13 Y 07 CM15 Y 044 2 Restriction of Remote Maintenance by user operation ...

Page 390: ...2 4 4 8 7 2 9 6 12 0 28 8 31 2 2 4 4 8 7 2 9 6 12 0 14 4 31 2 33 6 15 16 17 18 19 24 9 6 seconds 28 8 38 4 48 0 57 6 67 2 115 2 38 4 48 0 57 6 67 2 76 8 124 8 01 Elapsed time before Call Forwarding No Answer for trunk incoming call Auto matic Change of Night Service Attendant Overflow Group Diversion Direct In Termination NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 29 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 8 12 16 20 112 116 ...

Page 391: ...usive Hold Call Park NONE 01 02 03 98 99 4 seconds 60 64 seconds 0 4 8 388 4 8 12 392 NOTE When timer data 99 is assigned the call is not recalled 06 Recall Timing for Exclusive Hold Remote Hold NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 98 99 4 seconds 236 240 seconds 0 4 8 12 16 20 388 4 8 12 16 20 24 392 NOTE When timer data 99 is assigned the call is not recalled 07 Recall Timing after station release for call tr...

Page 392: ... 4 48 0 57 6 67 2 76 8 124 8 13 Single digit dialing time out Timing Start NONE 03 04 05 06 07 08 1 second 4 5 seconds 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 DTMF signal width of Out Pulse Long from Attendant Console 8300R2 NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 50 64 ms 512 ms 64 128 192 256 320 384 3200 15 Elapsed time before Call Forwarding No Answer for internal call and assisted call NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 29 30 4 secon...

Page 393: ...Automatic Cancel Time for unanswered Paging call NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 14 15 1 minute 5 minutes 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 15 22 Reorder tone time out to enter Off Hook Alarm NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 4 seconds 28 32 seconds 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 23 Ringing duration of Automatic Wake Up Timed Reminder call NONE 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 14 4 seconds 28 32 seconds 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 52 8 12...

Page 394: ...ion before DT connection in Auto mated Attendant NONE 01 02 03 04 05 15 4 seconds 16 24 seconds 0 4 8 12 16 56 4 8 12 16 20 60 34 Timing before unan swered Automated Attendant call for wards NONE 01 02 03 04 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 8 12 116 4 8 12 16 120 35 Number of call attempts by Timed Queue NONE 01 02 03 07 1 time 3 times 1 2 3 7 36 Interval Time between attempts for Timed Queue NONE 1...

Page 395: ...de termined station in Automated Attendant NONE 01 02 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 116 4 8 120 41 PBX Dial In PBR Timer before receiving any digit NONE 01 02 03 15 1 second 5 6 seconds 0 1 2 14 1 2 3 15 42 Timing of Call For warding by Overflow for TAS Queue NONE 01 02 98 4 seconds 28 32 seconds 0 4 388 4 8 392 43 Dial Tone timeout in Automated Attendant NONE 01 02 03 14 1 second 14 seconds 1 2 ...

Page 396: ...onds 32 36 seconds 0 4 8 112 116 4 8 12 116 120 47 Interval Time of ACD UCD Delay Announcement Atten dant Delay Announce ment NONE 01 02 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 116 4 8 120 48 DTMF Signal Width for VMS NONE 00 01 64 ms 128 ms 64 128 49 DTMF Interdigit Pause for VMS NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 32 ms 00 01 16 ms 01 02 20 ms 02 04 40 ms 04 07 160 ms 32 64 80 100 120 160 200 240 50 Timing Star...

Page 397: ...NE 01 02 03 99 4 seconds 60 64 seconds 0 4 8 392 4 8 12 396 53 Message Replay Timer for Announcement Ser vice NONE 01 02 03 99 4 seconds 60 64 seconds 0 4 8 392 4 8 12 396 54 Forced release timing for tandem connection NONE 01 02 03 06 32 minutes 96 128 minutes 32 64 96 192 64 96 128 224 NOTE With this timing the tandem connection is re leased unless the incoming trunk does not re ceive the releas...

Page 398: ...tion time for a message set by Voice Message Waiting Ser vice Individual NONE 01 02 03 31 1 day 7 days 1 2 3 31 NOTE Voice Message Waiting Service Individual All Clear clears messages exceeding the term 59 Time before answer ing by Automated Attendant NONE 00 01 02 08 4 seconds 4 8 seconds 0 5 4 28 0 4 8 32 60 Status Change Rebound Guard Timer NONE 00 01 02 40 80 ms 1120 1200 ms 0 80 160 3200 80 1...

Page 399: ...0 ms 1360 1440 ms No 0 80 160 2320 Check 80 160 240 2400 64 PBR Timer when accessing trunk NONE 01 02 03 09 14 seconds 14 seconds 14 28 42 126 65 OAI SCF Ringing Timer NONE 01 02 99 4 seconds 12 16 seconds 0 4 392 4 8 396 66 Message duration of UCD Overflow Announcement NONE 01 02 99 4 seconds 60 64 seconds 0 4 392 4 8 396 67 UCD Delay Announcement Attendant Delay Announcement OAI Announcement Con...

Page 400: ...ephone NONE 03 04 05 60 1 second 6 7 seconds 3 4 5 60 84 Message duration for Announcement Ser vice PS Out of Cell Zone Power Off and Announcement Stan dard SIP station Off Hook Power Off Cable Pulled Out NONE 01 02 99 4 seconds 116 120 seconds 0 4 392 4 8 396 85 Message reply timer for PS Out of Cell Zone Power Off and Standard SIP station Off Hook Power Off Cable Pulled Out NONE 01 02 99 4 secon...

Page 401: ... 4 8 12 16 20 24 116 120 NOTE For the timer of the second call forwarding see CM41 Y 0 46 101 Elapsed time before Call Forwarding No Answer for internal call and assisted call NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 29 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 8 12 16 20 112 116 4 8 12 16 20 24 116 120 NOTE For the timer of the second call forwarding see CM41 Y 0 46 102 Call Forwarding Log out IP Station Announcement Timer N...

Page 402: ...a replying signal from the opposite system is not received after sending an outgoing call from PS Standard SIP station NOTE 2 This timer data converts PS Standard SIP station from ringing state to calling state and enables forcibly to send PB signal from PS Standard SIP station NOTE 3 This timer data enables pseudo answering in all the pattern of an outgoing call from PS When calling to the other ...

Page 403: ...elease is executed at 16 seconds later from the warning SST is sent 116 Timer C of warning SST sending for forced release NONE 01 02 03 99 64 seconds 64 128 192 6336 NOTE Set the time from the start of communications to the warning SST is sent Forced release is executed at 16 seconds later from the warning SST is sent 117 Interdigit Pause for outgoing call of Trunk Route NONE 01 02 03 99 1 second ...

Page 404: ...of CM41 Y 0 130 132 day hour minute When CM41 Y 0 130 132 day hour minute are all set to NONE the expire value 180 seconds is set as de fault NOTE 3 The DT700 Series updates the REGISTER at half interval of the value set by this data NOTE 4 The load to SV8300 increases if small amount of data such as 1 minute is set Therefore it is recommended to set the value more than 180 seconds NOTE 5 After se...

Page 405: ... set to NONE the expire value 3600 seconds is set as de fault NOTE 3 The DT700 Series updates the SUBSCRIBE at half inter val of the value set by this data NOTE 4 The load to SV8300 increases if small amount of data such as 1 minute is set Therefore it is recommended to set the value more than 1 hour 3600 seconds NOTE 5 After setting this data a reset of the terminal is required 134 Expire value f...

Page 406: ...OTE 3 The DT700 Series updates the SUBSCRIBE at half inter val of the value set by this data NOTE 4 The load to SV8300 increases if small amount of data such as 1 minute is set Therefore it is recommended to set the value more than 1 hour 3600 seconds NOTE 5 After setting this data a reset of the terminal is required 137 Expire value for DT700 Series SUB SCRIBE for Client Hour NONE 00 01 02 23 1 h...

Page 407: ... signal return from blade during four intervals of transmission cycle the system judges that the blade is locked up and the blade reset is executed When this data is set to default the blade reset is executed about 100 25 8 by four seconds later after locked up NOTE 2 This data is effective when CM08 921 is set to 1 145 Timer that monitors a start of DT300 DT700 Series 8300R2 NONE 03 04 05 20 1 mi...

Page 408: ...a of CM41 Y 0 151 153 respectively 1 hour is set as the periodic registration timer 152 Periodic registration timer for Standard SIP station Hour 8300R3 5 NONE 00 01 02 23 1 hour 1 hour 0 1 2 23 NOTE See NOTE 1 through NOTE 3 on CM41 Y 0 151 153 Periodic registration timer for Standard SIP station Minute 8300R3 5 NONE 00 01 02 59 1 minute 0 minute 0 1 2 59 NOTE See NOTE 1 through NOTE 3 on CM41 Y ...

Page 409: ...er for call forwarding in Mobility Access mode 8300R5 NONE 01 02 03 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 8 116 4 8 12 120 162 Dual ringing starting timer while an alert from network is not received 8300R5 NONE 01 02 03 60 1 second 8 seconds 1 2 3 60 NOTE Dual ringing timer is not started when this data is set to 00 163 DTMF Caller ID received timer 8300R5 NONE 01 02 03 15 4 seconds 4 8 seconds 0 4 8 56 ...

Page 410: ... the elapse of the time assigned by this data 166 Interval of session timer for standard SIP station 8300R7 NONE 02 03 04 99 1 minute 02 99 3 minutes 2 3 4 99 NOTE 1 When this data is set to 00 this session timer is set to 1 day 1440 minutes NOTE 2 When this data is set to 01 this session timer is set to 90 seconds NOTE 3 Assign this data to the same data of the session timer of the terminal 208 T...

Page 411: ... SYSTEM TIMER DATA 41 Y 1ST DATA MEANING DEFAULT 2ND DATA INCREMENT UNIT TIMER 0 210 Hold tone timer between the 1st and the 2nd VRS Waiting Message 8300R7 NONE 01 02 03 30 4 seconds 32 36 seconds 0 4 8 116 4 8 12 120 Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CM41 ...

Page 412: ...1 LCD Control Pattern B Normal LCD Control Pattern A 20 On Hook Detect Timer NONE 01 02 03 60 20 ms 700 ms 20 40 60 1200 21 Momentary Open Controlled Timer NONE 01 02 03 40 50 ms 700 ms Momen tary Reverse 800 ms discon nect 20 40 60 2000 22 SLT hook flash Detect minimum timer 8300R4 NONE 01 02 03 60 20 ms 105 ms 20 40 60 1200 23 SLT hook flash bounce guard timer 8300R7 NONE 01 02 03 60 20 ms 400 m...

Page 413: ...ging Detect Timer Maximum Time NONE 01 02 03 98 99 16 ms 01 98 400 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 54 Minimum time between Ringing Single Double Ringing NONE 01 02 03 98 99 16 ms 01 98 704 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 55 Incoming Ring Down Abandonment Detect Timer NONE 01 02 03 98 99 128 ms 01 98 3008 ms 128 256 384 12544 16320 56 Hook Flash Sending Timer from COT NONE 01 02 03 98 99 32 ms 01 98 640 ms 32 64 96 31...

Page 414: ... 01 98 100 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 62 OD Trunk Wink signal sending time for con nection check NONE 01 02 03 98 99 20 ms 01 98 200 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 63 OD Trunk Delay Signal Timer out NONE 01 02 03 98 99 20 ms 01 98 200 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 64 LD Trunk Answer Detect Timer NONE 01 02 03 98 99 20 ms 01 98 60 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 65 LD Trunk Release Detect Timer NONE 01 02 03 98 99 200 ms 01 98 70...

Page 415: ... ms 480 960 1440 9600 70 OD Receive Wink Delay Duration Mini mum Time 8300R4 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 20 ms 01 98 130 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 71 OD Receive Wink Delay Duration Maxi mum Time 8300R4 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 20 ms 01 98 500 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 72 LD Receive Wink Delay Duration Mini mum Time 8300R4 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 20 ms 01 98 130 ms 20 40 60 1960 2550 73 LD Receive Wink Delay Duration Maxi ...

Page 416: ...Time after Incoming 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 100 ms 01 98 300 ms 100 200 300 9800 25500 77 LD Wink Delay Receive Timer out 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 200 ms 01 98 4800 ms 200 400 600 19600 25500 80 OD Receive DP Make Minimum Time 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 2 ms 01 98 10 ms 2 4 6 196 510 81 OD Receive DP Make Maximum Time 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 2 ms 01 98 100 ms 2 4 6 196 510 82 OD Receive DP...

Page 417: ...e Minimum Time 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 2 ms 01 98 10 ms 2 4 6 196 510 85 LD Receive DP Make Maximum Time 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 2 ms 01 98 100 ms 2 4 6 196 510 86 LD Receive DP Break Minimum Time 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 2 ms 01 98 10 ms 2 4 6 196 510 87 LD Receive DP Break Maximum Time 8300R6 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 2 ms 01 98 100 ms 2 4 6 196 510 Continued on next page BLADE RESET BLADE RES...

Page 418: ...3 98 99 16 ms 01 98 80 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 23 DTI T1 1 5 Mbps Wink signal sending time for connection check NONE 01 02 03 98 99 16 ms 01 98 200 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 24 DTI T1 1 5 Mbps Trunk Wink Delay Signal Time out NONE 01 02 03 98 99 16 ms 01 98 200 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 25 DTI T1 1 5 Mbps Receive Wink duration minimum time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 16 ms 01 98 100 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 26 ...

Page 419: ...unk Transmit clear signal time for Forced Release 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 32 ms 01 98 800 ms 32 64 96 3136 4080 33 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Transmit Answer dura tion time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 16 ms 01 98 304 ms 16 32 48 1568 2040 34 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Transmit Double Answer duration time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 128 ms 01 98 2048 ms 128 256 384 12544 16320 35 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Receive Ans...

Page 420: ... trunk Receive Double Answer maximum time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 128 ms 01 98 3008 ms 128 256 384 12544 16320 39 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Transmit Seizure Acknowledge duration time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 8 ms 01 98 100 ms 8 16 24 784 1020 40 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Receive Seizure Acknowledge mini mum time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 8 ms 01 98 100 ms 8 16 24 784 1020 41 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Receive ...

Page 421: ... time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 8 ms 01 98 100 ms 8 16 24 784 1020 44 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Receive Digit Acknowledge maxi mum time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 8 ms 01 98 300 ms 8 16 24 784 1020 49 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Transmit Remove Ring time 8300R3 NONE 00 01 02 98 99 8 ms 00 98 0 ms 0 8 16 784 2040 50 DTI E1 2 Mbps trunk Transmit Clear Signal Send time 8300R3 NONE 01 02 03 98 99 32 ms 01 98 1008 ...

Page 422: ... 03 04 05 06 07 08 4 seconds 12 16 seconds 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 NOTE This timer data is used as a guard timer when not detecting received Backward signal end of tone from the opposite office 62 MFC R2 Forward receiving guard timer for DID 8300R3 5 NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 4 seconds 12 16 seconds 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 NOTE This timer data is used a...

Page 423: ...nter data the programmable PAD data the Trunk Restriction Class data to convert the Restriction Class sent to or from the 2400 IPX as a Deluxe Traveling Class Mark CCIS and CODEC list PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE PAD DATA ST 42 SETTING DE EXE KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER 2 3 digits PATTERNS DATA DE 2 digits TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 2 digits 2 digits CODEC LIST 3 digits APRIL 16 2010 CM42 ...

Page 424: ...rm Dis play 03 Number of Wake Up call Timed Reminder call attempts before abandonment 01 05 NONE 1 call 5 calls 5 calls 05 Number of detected faulty trunks to give alarm on Attendant Console Australia Only 01 99 NONE 1 trunk 99 trunks No detection 06 Number of detected faulty trunks to give alarm Australia Only 01 99 NONE 1 trunk 99 trunks No detection 07 Number of detected faulty trunks to give a...

Page 425: ... Authorization Code with CPU 01 16 NONE 1 digit 16 digits 10 digits CM08 216 0 12 Maximum number of digits for Forced Account Code with OAI ACF 01 10 NONE 1 digit 10 digits 10 digits CM08 216 1 Maximum number of digits for Forced Account Code with CPU 01 16 NONE 1 digit 16 digits 10 digits CM08 216 0 13 Maximum number of digits for Remote Access to System DISA Code with OAI ACF 01 10 NONE 1 digit ...

Page 426: ...erminal 01 99 NONE 1 call 99 calls 1 call 16 Maximum number of calls in queue in each ACD UCD group before busy tone is pro vided 01 99 NONE 1 call 99 calls No limit 19 Number of times for recall from built in modem on CPU 8300R3 01 09 NONE 1 time 9 times 4 times 66 Transmission characteristic of analog LC New Zealand China Brazil Europe NOTE 1 NOTE 2 00 01 02 04 NONE New Zealand China Brazil Euro...

Page 427: ...l charge per unit for AOC cent euro cent two decimals charge per unit Australia France Germany Nether lands Italy Greece Luxembourg Por tugal Spain Sweden ITU T UAE 00 99 NONE 00 99 cents euro cents two decimals charge per unit No data 72 Number of times of Multiple Call Forward ing All Calls Busy Line No Answer CCIS 01 07 NONE 1 time 7 times 5 times 73 Number of digits for Station Authorization C...

Page 428: ...d as long time call fault 183 Maximum number of simultaneous calling of each blade for SLT 8300R2 01 16 NONE 1 call 16 calls 4 calls 185 Date to total the call charge For EU 01 25 NONE The 1st of the month The 25th of the month End of month NOTE From the 26th to the day before end of month cannot be assigned 186 Room Status Code set by Check In operation 01 08 NONE Room Status Code 1 Room Status C...

Page 429: ...s NOTE When entering incorrect password for the number of times set by this command DT700 Series will be in password lock state 195 Time to lock the DT700 Series when number of password entries exceeded the limit 00 01 99 NONE Not unlocked 1 minute 99 minutes 10 minutes NOTE When the DT700 Series is in password lock state a password entry is restricted until the time set by this command is elapsed...

Page 430: ...w Level Level 31 High Level The default data is different depending on the specifications of each country NOTE In usual operation do not change the default data 203 Volume Control of PGD 2 U10 ADP Paging Sending level 8300R3 00 01 05 06 07 15 NONE 6 dB 5 dB 1 dB 0 dB 1 dB 9 dB 4 dB 204 Volume Control of PGD 2 U10 ADP Paging Receiving level 8300R3 205 Volume Control of PGD 2 U10 ADP External tone s...

Page 431: ...F Caller ID Trunk 8300R5 00 01 15 NONE No digit deletion First 1 digit deletion First 15 digits deletion No digit deletion NOTE Assign this data to 01 in accordance with the system specifications in Saudi Arabia 804 Masked Digits of an outgoing call number in Immediate Printout Call Record Station indi vidual Call Record Print Call Charge Printout of a long time call 8300R2 01 15 NONE 1 digit 15 d...

Page 432: ... SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 7 RCG 27 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 8 RCH 30 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 0 01 08 NONE SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 1 8 No data 2400 IPX SV8300 31 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 1 32 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 2 33 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 3 34 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 4 35 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 5 36 2400 IPX Trunk Restri...

Page 433: ...estricted 1 RCD 5 Restricted 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Fully Restricted 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 8 Fully Restricted RCH 15 2 SV8300 to 2400 IPX SV8300 2400 IPX TRK RESTRICTION CLASS TRK RESTRICTION CLASS 1 Unrestricted RCA 1 Unrestricted 1 2 Non Unrestricted 1 RCB 2 Unrestricted 2 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 3 Non Restricted 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 4 Semi Restricted 5 Semi Restricted 2...

Page 434: ... connected via IPT P2P CCIS is also set to G 722 only a call is not available because there is no available CODEC Therefore set this data including the available CODEC G 711 or G 729a NOTE 4 G 723 1 is not available when using DT700 Series DtermIP INASET DtermSP30 SP350 MH240 VoIPDB IP PAD IPT P2P CCIS Standard SIP station Continued on next page 1ST DATA CODEC TYPE 2ND DATA REMARKS DATA MEANING DA...

Page 435: ...s 40 ms G 723 1 30 ms G 729a 10 ms 20 ms 30 ms 40 ms See NOTE 7 on CM67 Y 00 Continued on next page Default 1ST DATA PAYLOAD SIZE 2ND DATA REMARKS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 110 113 Priority 1 4 in CODEC list 0 01 04 NONE 10 ms 40 ms NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 No data CM67 130 133 Priority 1 4 in CODEC list 1 150 153 Priority 1 4 in CODEC list 2 170 173 Priority 1 4 in CODEC list 3 JANUARY 31 2012 CM42 ...

Page 436: ...2 110 113 130 133 150 153 170 173 The payload size is recommended to set to 20 ms 30 ms 40 ms When the payload size is set to 10 ms more than 65 of channel number must be made busy by CME5 Y 5 NOTE 3 When the payload size setting differs from that for the opposite VoIPDB the shorter size is adopted PAYLOAD SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONNECTABLE CHANNELS FOR SIMULTANEOUS CALLS G 729a G 711 10 ms 64 64 ...

Page 437: ...ar system data backup PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE 43Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA EXE ST DE DE 2 digits 1 4 10 digits Default Y MEANING 1ST DATA MEANING 2ND DATA MEANING 2 Date and time setting for periodic mainte nance 00 07 Periodic maintenance 0 7 YYYY MM DD HH NONE YYYY Year 2011 2099 MM Month 01 12 DD Day 01 31 HH Hour 00 23 No data 3 Check item for peri odic maintenance 0 1 7 NONE ...

Page 438: ...M 9999 NONE HH Hour 00 23 MM Minute 00 59 Not copy the system data automatically 0200 2 00 a m NOTE 1 System data copy is executed from the low Remote Unit number to high Remote Unit number NOTE 2 The start time for system data copy may gain loss about three minutes from the time you set 8 Time setting for Automatic clock change 00 Time setting for automatic system clock change from standard time ...

Page 439: ...tting for automatic system clock change from standard time to daylight saving time for change pattern 1 MM W D NONE MM Change Month 01 12 W Change Week 1 4 9 First Fourth Week 1 4 Final Week 9 D Change Day of the week 0 6 0 Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday Automatic clock change is not provided 05 Time setting for automatic system clock change from daylight savi...

Page 440: ...ER 3 digits RELAY GROUP NUMBER Default Y RELAY CIRCUIT No RELEY GROUP No SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Setting of the external relay starting conditions XX Y XX Relay Group Number 00 31 Y Circuit Number 0 3 312 313 External Relay Interface of CPU blade See Data 1 and Data 2 on the next page NOTE To use the dual port mode on PGD 2 U10 station CH1 2 different circuit numbers m...

Page 441: ...tion for Trunk All Busy 01 62 Trunk Group 01 Trunk Group 62 CM30 Y 09 13 TAS Indication 00 63 TAS Group 00 TAS Group 63 CM30 Y 13 14 14 Indication for ACD UCD Call Wait ing XX ACD UCD Group 00 15 8300R5 or before ACD UCD Group 00 99 8300R6 or later CM17 15 Relay Control Function Key 00 Relay Control ON OFF via Multi line Terminal CM90 Y 00 F7XXX 35 No 7 CCIS Link Alarm Display 00 15 CCH No 0 15 36...

Page 442: ... 8300R3 DLC PGD 2 U10 ADP CM05 Y 0 CM10 Y 00 CM12 Y 65 3 CM13 Y 32 34 63 CM44 Y 00 0100 CM44 Y 01 CM48 Y 1 00 0200 Start by External Relay Control Circuit of PGD 2 U10 ADP RCA connector of PGD 2 U10 ADP for tone Speaker Paging DLC PGD 2 U10 ADP CM05 Y 0 CM10 Y 00 CM12 Y 65 1 CM12 Y 67 68 CM13 Y 32 33 34 63 CM20 Y 0 3 A070 A079 CM44 Y 00 02XX CM44 Y 01 Start by External Relay Control Circuit of PGD...

Page 443: ... CPU CM17 CM44 Y 00 312 313 14XX Start by Built in Relay on CPU DLC PGD 2 U10 ADP CM05 Y 0 CM10 Y 00 CM12 Y 65 3 CM13 Y 63 CM17 CM44 Y 00 14XX CM44 Y 01 Start by External Relay Control Circuit of PGD 2 U10 ADP Relay Control Function Key Built in Relay on CPU CM44 Y 00 312 313 1500 CM90 Start by Built in Relay on CPU DLC PGD 2 U10 ADP CM05 Y 0 CM10 Y 00 CM12 Y 65 3 CM13 Y 63 CM44 Y 00 15XX CM44 Y 0...

Page 444: ... RELATED COMMAND REMARKS No 7 CCIS Day Night Status Display DLC PGD 2 U10 ADP CM05 Y 0 CM10 Y 00 CM12 Y 65 3 CM13 Y 63 CM44 Y 00 3601 CM44 Y 01 Start by External Relay Control Circuit of PGD 2 U10 ADP Fault display for external 8300R3 CPU Built in Relay CM08 912 CM44 Y 00 38XX Start by CPU Built in Relay JULY 17 2009 CM44 ...

Page 445: ...ATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 6 Make busy condition of CFT 8300R2 00 15 CPU built in CFT circuit number 0 1 Make busy In service NOTE 1 Set this data when CPU built in CFT is secured for Conference NOTE 2 Each unit has 16 circuits for built in CFT on CPU NOTE 3 When using Three Party Conference each group uses one CPU built in CFT circuits NOTE 4 When using Conference four part...

Page 446: ...Level 3 15 40 dBm Detect Level 4 20 45 dBm Detect Level 5 25 50 dBm Detect Level 6 30 55 dBm Detect Level 0 0 25 dBm X 02 Forward signal receiver minimum detect level For Detect Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 X Receiver Type 0 2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 NONE 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dBm 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 dBm 12 17 22 27 32 37 42 dBm 13 18 23 28 33 38 43 dBm 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 dBm 15 2...

Page 447: ...9 34 dBm 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 dBm 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 dBm 7 12 17 22 27 32 37 dBm 8 13 18 23 28 33 38 dBm 9 14 19 24 29 34 39 dBm 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dBm 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 dBm 12 17 22 27 32 37 42 dBm 13 18 23 28 33 38 43 dBm 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 dBm 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 dBm 2 5 10 15 20 25 30 dBm X 04 DTMF receiver twist Level Forward X Receiver Type 0 2 00 09 NONE 1 dB 10 dB 6 dB X 05 DTMF re...

Page 448: ...lt NOTE 1 External hold tone through the PGD 2 U10 can not be sent to IP trunk P2P CCIS and SIP Trunk NOTE 2 When IP station is used this data is not effective In this case the hold tone source on IP Station is sent Continued on next page Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Hold Tone Sending 00 01 02 C O Line Tie Line Station 0000 No Tone 0500 Hold Message CM...

Page 449: ...ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 1 Wake Up Call Timed Reminder 00 Tone source of Wake Up Call Timed Reminder 0000 No Tone 0200 External Tone Source 8300R3 NOTE CM44 Y 00 0100 0400 Speech Synthesis 8300R2 0500 Voice Response System CM41 Y 0 52 CM49 Y 00 08 1301 External Hold Tone Source on CPU blade NOTE 1400 Hold Tone Source on CPU blade NOTE CM48 Y 3 1500 Internal Tone...

Page 450: ... Speed Dial when Using LCR 0 1 Not provided To provide 04 2nd DT sending on ISDN trunks 0 1 To provide Not provided 06 Dial Tone connec tion with Auto mated Attendant 0 1 No Dial Tone Dial Tone CM64 CM41 Y 0 43 12 Dial Tone on setting Message Waiting 0 1 Special Dial Tone Dial Tone 13 Dial Tone on set ting Call Forward ing All Calls Split Call Forwarding All Calls 14 Dial Tone on set ting Do Not D...

Page 451: ...iden s Prayer When the saints go marching in Spring by four seasons Ich bin ein Musikante German folk song Amaryllis French folk song Minuet NOTE CM48 Y 3 is effective only for the legacy terminal For IP Station this data is not effective IP Station uses the tone source in IP Adapter Minuet Short tone Control For EU 02 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 NONE Netherlands Germany Italy Austria B...

Page 452: ...ounce ment Standard SIP station Off Hook Power Off Cable Pulled Out 8300R2 02 7 External Tone Source per Unit 8300R3 XX YY XX Unit No 01 50 YY External Tone Source No 00 09 X XXXX XXXX NONE PGD 2 U10 station number X 0 9 A B Hold Tone Source on CPU blade CM48 Y 0 1300 NOTE This command is effective when CM48 Y 0 is set to 1300 8 External Tone Source for Wake Up Call per Unit 8300R3 01 50 Unit No X...

Page 453: ... digits Y VRS No TENANT No SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Function of Voice Response System XXX VRS number 000 007 8300R6 software or before VRS number 000 015 8300R7 software or later 01 XX 1st Answering Message of Automated Attendant XX Message No 00 63 CM08 CM64 CM30 Y 30 31 02 XX 2nd Answering Message Night Message of Auto mated Attendant XX Message No 00 63 03000 Nigh...

Page 454: ...vice XX Message No 00 09 CM15 Y 041 042 CM20 Y 0 3 A113 A120 09 Voice Message Waiting Service Individual 0A00 Call Forwarding Intercept Announcement CM51 Y 06 08 0B0 XX First Announcement of ACD UCD Delay Announcement XX ACD UCD Group No 00 15 8300R5 or before ACD UCD Group No 00 99 8300R6 or later CM41 Y 0 16 47 CM17 Y A C 0C XX Answering Message on Automatic Wake Up Timed Reminder XX Message No ...

Page 455: ...Y 2 11 XX Second Announcement of ACD UCD delay announce ment XX ACD UCD Group No 00 15 8300R5 or before ACD UCD Group No 00 99 8300R6 or later CM17 Y 2 C CM41 Y 0 47 CM49 Y 00 0B0XX 12 XX ACD UCD Overflow Announcement XX ACD UCD Group No 00 15 8300R5 or before ACD UCD Group No 00 99 8300R6 or later CM17 Y 2 C CM41 Y 0 66 13 XX Announcement PS Standard SIP station No Answer XX Message Group No 00 6...

Page 456: ...1 Y 0 67 CMD7 Y 2 17 XX Voice Guide XX Message No 00 63 CM15 Y 116 CM49 Y 13 CM48 Y 2 1800 Announcement Service for Queue Limit for TAS Over flow for TAS Queue CM51 Y 26 1900 Restriction Announcement for Wake Up call 21 XX Announcement Service for Call Forwarding Logout IP Station XX Message Group No 00 63 CM15 Y 481 CM41 Y 0 102 CM49 Y 14 CM51 Y 32 2200 Announcement Service for the rejected calli...

Page 457: ...age Night Message of Automated Attendant CM49 Y 00 05 Message No of Hold Service CM48 Y 0 CM49 Y 00 06 Message No of Transferred Trunk Line No Answer CM49 Y 00 CM65 Y 50 07 Message No of Transferred Trunk Line Busy CM49 Y 00 CM65 Y 51 08 Message No of Automatic Wake Up Timed Reminder CM49 Y 00 CM48 Y 1 0A Message No of Attendant Delay Announcement 8300R2 CM49 Y 00 10 Message Group No of PS Standar...

Page 458: ...ce Guide NOTE 00 When Message waiting is set 01 When service is set 02 When service is canceled 03 When Call For warding All Calls Do Not Disturb is set 00 63 NONE Message No assigned by CM49 Y 00 Not available for IP Station No data CM48 Y 2 CM49 Y 00 17XX 14 Message Group of Call Forwarding Logout IP Station Announcement ser vice 00 63 Tenant No 00 63 NONE Message Group No assigned by CM49 Y 00 ...

Page 459: ... If the following settings is executed Automatic Day Night Mode Change may not be operated correctly Day Night Mode is changed by function keys Day Night Mode is changed by external keys Day Night Mode is changed by Attendant console Trunk Restriction Class can be changed according to the schedule of Day Night Mode Change by System Clock This is assigned by CM65 Y 36 and available for two kinds of...

Page 460: ...e No 0 Week schedule No 1 Week schedule No 2 Week schedule No 3 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Time schedule No 0 Time schedule No 1 Time schedule No 2 Time schedule No 3 Time schedule No 4 Time schedule No 5 Time schedule No 6 Time schedule No 7 NONE CCC Week schedule No 0 Data clear 10 11 12 13 Week schedule No 0 Week schedule No 1 Week schedule No 2 Week schedule No 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Sunday Monday Tuesd...

Page 461: ...3 Time schedule No 4 Time schedule No 5 Time schedule No 6 Time schedule No 7 XX ZZ XX 00 23 Hour ZZ 00 55 Minute NOTE 1 NOTE 2 00 01 02 03 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 NONE CCC Day Mode Night Mode Mode A Mode B System Service No 0 8300R3 System Service No 1 8300R3 System Service No 2 8300R3 System Service No 3 8300R3 System Service No 4 8300R3 System Service No 5 8300R3 System Service No 6 8300R3 Syst...

Page 462: ... is corrected and set as follows assigned number corrected to 1 4 0 6 9 5 NOTE 3 For the Default Pattern see the following pages Continued on next page Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 System Service No 0 8300R3 System Service No 1 8300R3 System Service No 2 8300R3 System Service No 3 8300R3 System Service No 4 8300R3 System Service No 5 8300...

Page 463: ...ned The following shows the summary of the Default Pattern and the schedule set by each Default Pattern Summary of Default Pattern Continued on next page TENANT No CALENDAR No 1 4 00 63 WEEK SCHEDULE X WEEK SCHEDULE X 1 1 12 31 SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNES THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY TIME SCHEDULE 7 TIME SCHEDULE X TIME SCHEDULE X TIME SCHEDULE X TIME SCHEDULE X TIME SCHEDULE X TIME SCHEDULE 7 WEEK S...

Page 464: ...Night Mode for Time schedule No 0 20 0900 1655 00 9 00 17 00 is Day Mode for Time schedule No 0 20 1700 2355 01 17 00 24 00 is Night Mode for Time schedule No 0 27 0000 2355 01 0 00 24 00 is Night Mode for Time schedule No 7 CM4A Y No 1ST 2ND MEANING OF SETTING 00 00 63 01 Calendar No 2 is used for the tenant 02 0101 1231 11 Week schedule No 1 is used for all date 11 1 5 21 Time schedule No 1 is u...

Page 465: ...00 9 00 is Night Mode for Time schedule No 2 22 0900 1655 00 9 00 17 00 is Day Mode for Time schedule No 2 22 1700 2355 01 17 00 24 00 is Night Mode for Time schedule No 2 27 0000 2355 01 0 00 24 00 is Night Mode for Time schedule No 7 CM4A Y No 1ST 2ND MEANING OF SETTING 00 00 63 03 Calendar No 4 is used for the tenant 04 0101 1231 13 Week schedule No 3 is used for all date 13 1 5 23 Time schedul...

Page 466: ...X00 Room Cutoff set reset X Room Status Code 1 8 1 2 NONE To set To reset Not available X01 Do Not Disturb set reset X Room Status Code 1 8 1 2 NONE To set To reset Not available X02 Wake Up Call reset X Room Status Code 1 8 1 NONE Available Not available X03 Message Waiting set reset X Room Status Code 1 8 1 2 NONE To set To reset Not available X05 Room Status Code dialing from guest room is allo...

Page 467: ...us Code 1 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NONE Unrestricted RCA Non Restricted 1 RCB Non Restricted 2 RCC Semi Restricted 1 RCD Semi Restricted 2 RCE Restricted 1 RCF Restricted 2 RCG Fully Restricted RCH Restriction reset according to the setting of CM12 Y 01 Not available X07 Check Out lamp control on DSS Console X Room Status Code 1 8 1 2 3 4 NONE Lamp OFF Flash slowly Flash 120 IPM Lamp ON Not controlled ...

Page 468: ...all identification key on the attendant console The system allows digits to be added to or deleted from indialed numbers on a route basis This com mand in conjunction with CM35 Y 017 allows two extra leading digits to be specified The common route indial facility allows up to eight LDNs to be identified In addition this command assigns the access code to be sent to a Voice Message System VMS befor...

Page 469: ...Two leading digits to be added NOTE 1 CM35 Y 017 allows digits to be added or deleted from indialed digit streams on a route basis XX 2 digits NONE Digits to be added No data 3 Access Code to be sent out before a Mail Box number NOTE 2 NOTE 3 XX XXXX 2 4 digits NONE Access Code to be sent out to a VMS X 0 9 A B C D Pause Not to be sent out 4 Access Code to be sent out after a Mail Box number NOTE ...

Page 470: ... TIE 7 key Data 47 in CM90 8300R2 NOTE 1 X XXXX 1 4 digits NONE Dialed number NOTE 2 No data 05 00 14 ISDN SIP Local Office Code Table No 00 ISDN SIP Local Office Code Table No 14 XX XX Maximum 12 digits NONE ISDN SIP Local Office Code No data 07 0 Number to be added to the station number for send ing BLF message via CCIS for Open Numbering system X XXXX 1 4 digits NONE Access Code Originat ing Of...

Page 471: ... X 0 9 A B No data 12 0 Local Area Code and Mobility Access Prefix For EU X XXXXXXXX 1 8 digits NONE Local Area Code Mobility Access Prefix Code X 0 9 A B No data 15 0 7 Operation type of prefix 8300R7 For EU 0 1 7 Mobility Access station called Internal External station called No data 16 0 7 Prefix code 8300R7 For EU X XXXXXXXX 1 8 digits NONE Prefix Code X 0 9 A B No data NOTE 1 Do not assign th...

Page 472: ...D call See CM41 Y 0 01 CM49 Y 00 0D00 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 X XXXXXXXX E000 EBXXX NONE Station No Attendant Console 8300R2 Voice Response system No XXX 000 007 8300R6 software or before 000 015 8300R7 software or later No data 01 Same as CM51 Y 00 for Tie Line call 03 Transfer destination of incoming call when a station is busy for DID call See CM49 Y 00 0E00 04 Same as CM51 Y 03 for Tie Line ...

Page 473: ... Calls Busy Line No Answer and the destina tion of forwarded call is set to the Attendant Console Night Mode is set for DID DIT Tie Line call X XXXXXXXX E000 NONE Station No Attendant Console 8300R2 No data Transfer destination of incoming call when Do Not Disturb is set to the Attendant Console Night Mode is set assigned by CM51 Y 10 for DID Tie Line call 10 Transfer destination of incoming call ...

Page 474: ...cess code of Attendant Console is in Night Mode 8300R2 See CM60 Y 00 00 01 02 03 ATT Group 0 ATT Group 1 ATT Group 2 ATT Group 3 X XXXXXXXX NONE Station No No data 14 Destination of House Phone See CM12 Y 03 00 01 02 03 House Phone Group 0 House Phone Group 1 House Phone Group 2 House Phone Group 3 X XXXXXXXX E000 NONE Station No Attendant Console 8300R2 No data NOTE If a transferred station numbe...

Page 475: ...e CM90 Y 00 F5025 for Multiline Terminal See CM90 Y 00 F6124 for DESKCON 04 05 Multiline Terminal DESKCON No 1 Multiline Terminal DESKCON No 2 X XXXXXXXX or E000 E007 NONE Station No AttendantConsole 0 7 No data 17 Destination of the call after the first time inter val of ACD UCD Display Announcement 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 X XXXXXXXX E000 NONE Station No Attendant Console 8300R2 No data 18 Tran...

Page 476: ...R2 Voice Response system No XXX 000 007 8300R6 software or before 000 015 8300R7 software or later No data 27 Same as CM51 Y 26 for Night Mode 28 Same as CM51 Y 26 for Mode A 29 Same as CM51 Y 26 for Mode B 30 Station number which is sent as Call Forward ing station to destination VMS station Atten dant Console by Call Forwarding by Queue Limit for TAS Overflow for TAS Queue X XXXXXXXX NONE Statio...

Page 477: ... or before 000 015 8300R7 software or later No data 33 Transfer destination of the call when the call ing number is not informed from network See CM49 Y 00 2200 X XXXXXXXX E000 EBXXX NONE Station No Attendant Console 8300R2 Voice Response system No XXX 000 007 8300R6 software or before 000 015 8300R7 software or later No data 35 Destination of Call Forwarding when Suite Room station is busy 8300R5...

Page 478: ... direction the calling and called side must be assigned to another Hot Line Delayed Hotline number If all the Hot Lines Delayed Hotlines are to be made bothway lines the maximum number of Hot Lines Delayed Hotlines is 50 2 When assigning a station number to a Calling Side the second data of CM12 Y 03 must be set to 4 Hot Line Delayed Hotline 3 If Hot Line Outside Delayed Hotline Outside is assigne...

Page 479: ...mber 00 99 0 Calling Side X XXXXXXXX NONE Station No Virtual Station No See CM12 Y 03 NOTE No data 1 Called Side X XXXXXXXX Station No NOTE E00X Attendant Console No X 0 7 8300R2 See CM10 CXX Trunk outgoing call XX Abbreviated code of System Speed Dialing See CM71 CM72 NONE No data Default Y CALLING CALLED SETTING DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 99 Pair number 00 99 0 Calling Side X XXXXXXXX NONE ...

Page 480: ...nswer B CM20 Y 0 3 A048 TAS Answer C CM20 Y 0 3 A049 TAS Answer D CM20 Y 0 3 A050 TAS Answer E CM20 Y 0 3 A051 See CM20 0 Answering C O Ring Down incoming Call See CM30 Y 02 03 0 1 Not allowed Allowed 1 Answering DID Tie Line incoming Call See CM58 Y 02 07 0 1 Not allowed Allowed 3 Answering a C O incoming Call Night in the case of Day Night Changeover System See CM30 Y 03 0 1 Not allowed Allowed ...

Page 481: ...e Paging Group are available for All Zone Internal Paging NOTE 2 A maximum of 16 Multiline Terminals Serial number within the group 00 15 can be as signed for each Internal Zone Paging Group A Multiline Terminal can be assigned for mul tiple Internal Zone Paging Groups Continued on next page ST EXE 56YY DATA DE SERIAL No 2 digits 1 8 digits DE INTERCOM No 4 digits Default Y INTERCOM No SERIAL No S...

Page 482: ...XXXX NONE My Line number of Multiline Terminal No data CM90 10 Automatic Intercom number A000 A100 A001 A101 A031 A131 X XXXXXXXX My Line number of Multiline Terminal CM11 CM12 Y 03 CM90 CM08 237 11 Manual Intercom number A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 X XXXXXXXX My Line number of Multiline Terminal CM11 CM12 Y 03 CM90 CM08 238 12 Dial Intercom number B000 B900 B001 B901 B024 B924 X XXXXXXXX My Lin...

Page 483: ...TA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 10 29 Group Call No 00 19 00 31 Serial No 00 31 within the group X XXXXXXXX NONE Station No No data NOTE 1 The maximum number of simultaneous calling for single line stations PSs Stations is 12 per chassis When the number of single line stations PSs Stations exceeds 12 allocate the rest of stations to anoth er chassis For a Multiline Terminal My Lin...

Page 484: ... tion for the outgoing call 8300R2 XX Conference Group No 00 15 X XXXXXXXX NONE Station No No data 33 Pilot station for the service originating call for each tenant for OAI SCF3 8300R5 00 63 Tenant No 00 63 X XXXXXXXX NONE Pilot station number for the service originating call No data NOTE Assign one Station Hunting group by CM18 Y 0 in the combination with the Pilot station by this data and the st...

Page 485: ...signed to 0 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE NOTE The data set by CM58 is effective only when the data is assigned by CM50 Y 01 02 Continued on next page ST EXE 58YY DATA DE LDN TIE 2 digits 1 8 digits DE LDN TIE MEANING 00 01 08 Effective data in CM35 Y 015 LDN 0 Key LDN 7 Key LDN Key is assigned by CM90 See CM90 Y 00 F6000 F6007 DESKCON 10 11 18 Effective data in CM35 Y 015 TIE 0 Key TIE 7 Key TI...

Page 486: ...e CM53 Station Outside party assigned by CM58 Y 08 No data 03 Night Mode destination of LDN 00 07 08 09 NONE Attendant Console LDN TIE Key 0 Attendant Console LDN TIE Key 7 TAS See CM53 Station Outside party assigned by CM58 Y 09 No data 04 Day Mode diversion for busy destina tion station 00 08 09 NONE Attendant Console Busy Key TAS See CM53 Camped on No data 05 Night Mode diversion for busy desti...

Page 487: ...er Abbreviate Code for outside party LDN Outside X XXXXXXXX CXX NONE Station No Abbreviated Code for outside party XX 00 31 See CM71 66 No data 09 Night Mode station number Abbrevi ate Code for outside party LDN Outside X XXXXXXXX CXX NONE Station No Abbreviated Code for outside party XX 00 31 See CM71 66 No data 10 Company Name for Dialed Number Identification Service 20 5F NONE Character Code Ma...

Page 488: ...ion pattern on the TAS and ACD UCD indicators controlled via External Relay Interface of CPU PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE 59 FUNCTION NUMBER DATA 2 digits EXE ST DE DE 2 digits Default FUNCTION NUMBER PURPOSE DATA MEANING 00 TAS ACD UCD Relay Interruption Pattern 01 30 IPM 02 60 IPM 03 120 IPM 07 Steady on NONE 120 IPM JULY 18 2008 CM59 ...

Page 489: ...nd only for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 NOTE 2 Destination IP Address of opposite IP trunk P2P CCIS is the IP Address of opposite SV8300 assigned by CM0B Y 0XX 1XX 00 or the IP Address of opposite 2400 IPX Continued on next page Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 01 Destination IP Address for IP trunk SIP trunk XXX ZZ XXX 000 255 IP Address Patte...

Page 490: ...dress numbers If the opposite office has only one IP address such as SV8300 set one IP address number When the opposite office is 2400 IPX which has two IP addresses set the data as shown below Example2 SIP trunk IP address number 00 07 the number for specifying the IP address of oppo site office which has plural IP addresses when the offices are connected with Point to Multipoint CM5B Y 01 1ST DA...

Page 491: ... by CM60 Y 90 0 0 is required 2 When assigning a password code for DESKCON by CM60 Y 30 the Function number 0 1 is required as the first data The purpose of Function numbers is shown below 0 To assign a password for Attendant Lockout 1 To assign a password for Attendant Programming the following features Remote Access to System DISA System Speed Dialing Date and Time Choice of Night Service and To...

Page 492: ...ion on Night Mode by NT Switch NOTE 2 NOTE 4 0 1 Effective Ineffective CM30 Y 08 CM60 Y 90 06 Day Night mode change by NT Switch NOTE 2 NOTE 4 0 1 Effective Ineffective CM30 Y 02 03 04 05 13 14 CM76 Y 01 02 CM58 Y 02 09 CM60 Y 90 16 Off Hook Ringing for DESKCON NOTE 2 0 1 Effective Ineffective CM60 Y 90 17 DESKCON Multi Function Key NOTE 2 0 1 Ineffective Effective CM90 Y 00 CM60 Y 90 23 Keep volu...

Page 493: ...NE Password Maximum 8 digits X 0 9 A B NOTE In the default NONE the password is set to 12345678 No data 32 Charging Class number for DESKCON 00 15 Class No 00 Class No 15 33 Display language for DESKCON LCD NOTE 5 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 31 Japanese English French Canadian French Spanish Latin Spanish Portuguese Brazilian Portuguese German Italian Netherlandish French Europe Span...

Page 494: ...he ATT Group Continued on next page Default Y GROUP NUMBER RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 34 Displaying pattern of Caller ID on the LCD of DESKCON before answering or after answering a trunk call 8300R2 0 7 To display calling number on upper line of LCD calling name on middle line of LCD Not displayed calling number and calling name simultaneously 35 Tenant number for DESKCON 8300R2 00 63...

Page 495: ...fective for Day Night Mode Change key on DESKCON NT switch is effec tive only on the Master ATT assigned by CM60 Y 01 NOTE 5 After this data setting a reset of DESKCON is required NOTE 6 The second data can only be set to 0 NOTE 7 Reset DESKCON soft after confirming all the DESKCON are not used JANUARY 14 2011 CM60 ...

Page 496: ...tination of Tenant XX Z XX Key Group No 00 63 assigned by CM12 Y 66 Z Circuit No 0 1 00 63 NONE Tenant 00 Tenant 63 No data 01 Change Day Night trunk restriction class by external key 0 1 Effective Ineffective CM12 Y 01 03 Outgoing call restriction on Night Mode by external key 0 1 Effective Ineffective CM30 Y 08 05 Day Night Mode change by external key 0 1 Effective Ineffective CM30 Y 02 03 04 05...

Page 497: ...lt Y KEY NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING No MEANING DATA MEANING 30 Service operation by exter nal key XX Z XX Key Group No 00 63 assigned by CM12 Y 66 Z Circuit No 0 1 00 01 NONE MJ MN Alarm Clear key Day Night Mode Change by System Clock Cancel key No data JUNE 15 2011 CM61 ...

Page 498: ...0 0 0 after data setting 2 Multiple tenants can be assigned to one ATT Group but one tenant cannot be assigned to more than one ATT Group ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 62Y DATA DE TENANT NUMBER 2 digits 1 digit DE Default Y TENANT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING No MEANING No MEANING 0 1 2 3 ATT Group 0 ATT Group 1 ATT Group 2 ATT Group 3 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 0 1 To handle No...

Page 499: ...r from another tenant XX ZZ XX TENANT A 00 63 Tenant number of TAS answer station ZZ TENANT B 00 63 Tenant number of trunk 0 1 Allowed Restricted CM53 Y 4 CM30 Y 17 CM12 Y 04 CM76 Y 05 08 1 Restriction of Intra office Con nection XX ZZ XX TENANT A 00 63 Tenant number of calling station ZZ TENANT B 00 63 Tenant number of called station 0 1 Restricted Allowed CM08 150 CM12 Y 04 2 Restriction of inco...

Page 500: ...unk access code for Mobility Access mode and the ISDN Alternating Routing PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE NOTE If no tone connection is required Dial Tone sending can be stopped by CM48 Y 2 Continued on next page ST EXE 64Y YY DATA DE TENANT NUMBER 2 digits 1 26 digits DE Default Y TENANT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Answering System for Day Mode 00 63 00 ...

Page 501: ...T connection Hold Tone Source on CPU blade DT connection Night Message DT connection As per CM64 Y 0 CM30 Y 02 03 CM41 Y 0 33 43 CM49 Y 00 02XX Y 02 CM64 Y 0 NOTE When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant the second data 08 of CM30 Y 30 31 cannot be specified for handling of busy not available Automated Attendant destination 3 Number of Queue Limit for TAS Day Mode 00 63 01 99 NONE 1 ...

Page 502: ... Alternative Routing disabled CME6 Y 51 NOTE When the second data is set to 0 and CME6 Y 51 is set to NONE this command operates as well as second data is set to 1 13 Destination of ISDN Alternative Routing in Remote Unit survival mode tenant basis 00 63 X XX XX NONE Destination C O line num ber Maximum 26 digits No data CM64 Y 12 NOTE When second data of CM64 Y 12 is set to 1 2 the destination is...

Page 503: ...de CM15 Y 19 CM15 Y 189 23 Call Forwarding type when an internal call from station attendant is terminated 0 1 Split Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer 24 Call Forwarding type when a C O incoming call is terminated 0 1 Split Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer 25 Call Forwarding type wh...

Page 504: ...number name set CM08 502 to 0 Name of My Line 27 ACD Automatic Call Distribution 00 63 0 1 ACD Not ACD 28 RR sending priority when receiving OAI SCF 0 1 Send RR signal after SMFN Send RR signal before SMFN 29 Day Night Mode 0 1 Two kinds of mode Day Mode Night Mode Four kinds of mode Day Mode Night Mode Mode A Mode B 30 VMS Password Privacy 0 1 Allowed Not allowed CM13 Y 10 34 Calling Party number...

Page 505: ... 63 0 1 Split Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer CM08 608 CME6 Y 04 05 CM78 38 Call Forwarding type when a C O incoming call is terminated via CCIS NOTE 0 1 Split Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer CM08 608 CME6 Y 04 05 CM78 39 Call Forwarding type when a Tie Line incom ing call is ter...

Page 506: ...as a third party of Three Way Calling Conference Three Four Party by CNF and LINE key oper ation NOTE 00 63 0 1 Allow Not allowed CM15 Y 063 Ringer Tone Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Dterm85 Series i DT300 Series DT700 Series Dterm 70 Electra Terminal Dterm70 Elite Terminal Dterm 75 Series E Dterm85 Series i DT300 Series DT700 Series 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 660 Hz 8 Hz Mod...

Page 507: ...de Not provided 43 Calling Number Display for each tenant when an incoming call is termi nated to the sub line of Multiline Terminal 0 1 To provide Not provided 50 Handling when the trans ferred destination does not answer 0 1 Connection of Transferred Trunk Line Message No Answer Recall transferring station CM49 Y 00 06 51 Handling when the trans ferred destination is busy 0 1 Connection of Trans...

Page 508: ...A Y 5000 5255 173 Peer to Peer connection via CCIS The location number is used for administration of the location via IP network and can be assigned to each connection type or each location which is divided according to the network traffic PRECAUTION The first data of CM67 Y 00 06 must be set both on own office and opposite office ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 67YY 2 ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 2 4 digits 1...

Page 509: ...ze Tone Quality See the table below Fixed CODEC List 2 Prioritize Bandwidth See the table below See the table on next page Clear CM42 CM12 Y 39 50 CM8A Y 5000 5255 173 CMAD Y 29 NOTE 1 This data setting is Valid to the voice packets that are sent to the location which is set to ZZ in the first data from the location which is set to XX in the first data NOTE 2 The table below shows the setting of F...

Page 510: ...Wide Band Codec is not available for VoIPDB PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A when only G 722 is set on the CODEC list the CODEC is converted into G 711 However in this state when the opposite office connected via IPT P2P CCIS is also set to G 722 only a call is not available because there is no available CODEC Therefore set this data including the available CODEC G 711 or G 729a NOTE 6 G 723 1 is not avai...

Page 511: ...le payload size Payload size is recommended to set 20 30 40 ms TERMINAL CODEC G 711 G 722 G 723 1 G 729a DT730 DT750 10 20 30 40 ms 10 20 30 40 ms 10 20 30 40 ms DT710 10 20 30 40 ms 10 20 30 40 ms Dterm75 Series E IP Adapter Type Dterm 85 Series i IP Adapter Type 10 20 30 40 ms 30 ms 10 20 30 40 ms Dterm IP INASET 20 30 40 ms 20 30 40 ms Dterm SP30 20 40 ms 20 40 ms SP350 20 40 ms 20 40 ms 20 40 ...

Page 512: ...00 5255 173 CMAD Y 29 NOTE 1 This data setting is valid to the packets that are sent to the location which is set to ZZ in the first data from the location which is set to XX in the first data NOTE 2 The priority of PRECEDENCE 0 7 is as follows PRECEDENCE 0 Lowest priority PRECEDENCE 7 Highest priority PRECEDENCE 6 for control packet and PRECEDENCE 5 for voice packet are recommended NOTE 3 By CM67...

Page 513: ...smitter PAD Gain Loss 00 01 08 81 88 RR Receiver PAD 00 01 08 81 88 00 0 dB 01 2 dB 02 4 dB 03 6 dB 04 8 dB 05 10 dB 06 12 dB 07 14 dB 08 16 dB 81 2 dB 82 4 dB 83 6 dB 84 8 dB 85 10 dB 86 12 dB 87 14 dB 88 16 dB 00 00 Clear CM12 Y 39 50 CM8A Y 5000 5255 173 NOTE 1 When setting the PAD data for gaining to the high value the echo and howling may occur NOTE 2 This data setting is valid to the locatio...

Page 514: ...value of jitter buffer set by CM67 Y 05 NOTE 3 When this data is set to other than NONE assign CM67 Y 05 to other than NONE to be effective for this data NOTE 4 Jitter buffer of PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A VoIPDB is controlled as 200 ms when minimum val ue of jitter buffer is set more than 210 ms NOTE 5 This data setting is valid to the location that is set to XX in the first data 05 Maximum value of...

Page 515: ...To be valid the TOS field precedence set CM67 Y 01 again after this data setting 07 Whether the IP Station at remote unit location from IPS through NAT can communicate with each other under the same NAT or not XX ZZ XX Location number 00 63 ZZ Location number 00 63 0 1 Under the same NAT Under the different NAT or Not used NAT CM67 Y 08 NOTE The same location number must not be assigned to IP Stat...

Page 516: ...te Unit by CMEC Y 8 is required Continued on next page 2nd Data Time Zone A2345 System Clock 23 45 A2330 System Clock 23 30 A2315 System Clock 23 15 A2300 System Clock 23 00 A0100 System Clock 01 00 A0045 System Clock 00 45 A0030 System Clock 00 30 A0015 System Clock 00 15 NONE No Time Zone No time difference B0015 System Clock 00 15 B0030 System Clock 00 30 B0045 System Clock 00 45 B0100 System C...

Page 517: ... 63 Location number 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 NONE CCC Japan North America Australia A law countries Hong Kong Malaysia Singapore UK Mexico Taiwan New Zealand China Thailand Brazil Netherlands Germany Italy Austria Belgium Spain Sweden UK Denmark Greece Switzerland South Africa Depends on Nation Code CM31 Y 0 0 Clear CM12 Y 39 50 Continued on nex...

Page 518: ...that is set by CM67 Y 15 is invalid when this data is set NOTE 2 A location number assigned by CM0B Y 1XX 10 is effective for DT700 Series SP350 A location number of IP Station assigned by CM12 Y 39 50 cannot be assigned 15 Diffserv Code Point DSCP of control packet for IP Station to each location 00 63 Location number 00 FE NONE DSCP of control packet C0 CM0B Y 1XX 10 CM12 Y 39 50 CM67 Y 14 CMAD ...

Page 519: ... list 1 G 711 CM8A Y 5000 5255 173 NOTE 1 Details of FAX Control Data List Fixed List are shown below NOTE 2 When the CODEC type of SIP trunk for FAX communication is set to T 38 UDPTL by CMBA Y 119 Fixed list 1 to 2 operate as Fixed list 3 Continued on next page Fixed list 1 Fixed list 2 Fixed list 3 FAX Protocol G 711 µ A law G 726 T 38 UDPTL FAX Payload Size 40 ms 40 ms 20 ms Minimum Jitter Buf...

Page 520: ...IP trunk set FAX Protocol Pattern by CMBA Y 119 01 FAX Payload Size Pattern No 01 04 NONE 10 ms 40 ms 10 ms increments As per Fixed list of CM67 Y 20 CM67 Y 20 NOTE When using SIP trunk set FAX Payload size by CMBA Y 120 08 Minimum value of jitter buffer 01 30 NONE 10 ms 300 ms 10 ms increments 120 ms CM67 Y 21 22 23 24 09 NOTE 1 When setting CM67 YY 21 22 23 24 08 to other than default set CM67 Y...

Page 521: ...7 YY 21 22 23 24 08 to other than default NOTE 2 Assign the value which exceeds the minimum value of jitter buffer set by CM67 Y 21 22 23 24 08 NOTE 3 This data is not available when using T 38 UDPTL 10 T 38 Fax Trans mission speed 8300R3 0 1 2 3 4 5 NONE 2 4 kbps 4 8 kbps 7 2 kbps 9 6 kbps 12 0 kbps 14 4 kbps 14 4 kbps 15 The number of T 38 FAX control data retransmis sion 8300R3 0 8 NONE 0 times...

Page 522: ...2 Version 3 2002 ASN 1 syntax extended org doc 04 2004 Version 0 ASN 1 coding according to T 38 06 1998 NOTE Follow the typical default setting 26 DTMF setting between units 8300R7 XX ZZ XX Location number 00 63 ZZ Location number 00 63 0 1 Inband DTMF Outband DTMF CM0B Y 1XX 10 NOTE 1 This data is effective when connecting between Standard SIP terminal and Standard SIP station SIP trunk NOTE 2 Th...

Page 523: ...r To operate with Standard time CM67 Y 10 CM0B Y 1XX 10 NOTE 1 After changing the data system data copy to Remote Unit by CMEC Y 8 is required NOTE 2 Usually do not set this command by PCPro CAT This command is set automatically when automatic system clock change has been executed by CM43 Y 8 CM67 Y 31 31 Automatic clock change pattern 00 63 Location number 0 1 NONE Change Pattern 0 Change Pattern...

Page 524: ...he reflection speed of terminals such as button reflection becomes slower by setting the value above mentioned above set the bandwidth for voice packet to value which the bandwidth for control packet supposed more than 40 Kbps 91 Action when the traffic between locations exceeds the limit bandwidth XX ZZ XX Location number 00 63 ZZ Location number 00 63 0 3 Restrict the connection between location...

Page 525: ...ide station PRECAUTION 1 System Speed Dialing has 300 memory locations system wide this is referred to as a Memory Block See Figure below Each location where a dialed number is stored is called Memory Slot Example The System Speed Dialing memory is assigned to three tenants as follows Continued on next page 000 001 299 Memory Slot Memory Block TENANT NUMBER OF SLOTS RANGE OF SLOT NUMBERS 00 20 001...

Page 526: ... information sending form built in modem on CPU 2 memory slots 3 There is a maximum of 300 memory slots assigned by this command However if required another 1000 4000 memory slots can be added These additional 1000 4000 memory slots are to be assigned with CM08 110 111 112 176 and CM73 and CM74 4 The abbreviated codes for System Speed Dialing are automatically determined by assigning this command ...

Page 527: ...ly for Attendant Console 8300R2 65 Exclusively for Hot Line Outside Delayed Hotline Outside call Related Command CM52 66 Exclusively for Route Advance from Tie line to C O line Related Command CM35 Y 040 CM30 Y 04 05 CM58 Y 08 09 CXX Direct In Termination CCIS Exclusively for Voice Mail Station num ber Related Command CM50 Y 10 CM72 Y 0 67 Exclusively for automatic fault informa tion sending from ...

Page 528: ...call it can be used as a fixed length pause 1 5 seconds To provide a programmable pause with the stored number insert D instead of C The length of the programmable pause is assigned with CM41 Y 0 38 4 The stored number for System Speed Dialing is assigned for each Memory Slot number not for the abbreviated code of each calling party When assigning stored numbers the correspondence between Memory S...

Page 529: ...r Maximum 8 dig its CCC Clear NONE No data 1 000 299 Memory Slot number XXX X Called Party Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters See Character Code Table in CM77 NONE No data 2 000 299 Memory Slot number XXX X Called Party Name Character by PCPro CAT Maximum 16 charac ters NONE No data 4 000 299 Memory Slot number XXX X Called Party Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac te...

Page 530: ...Calling Party Name Character by PCPro Maximum 16 digits 8 characters for Simplified Chinese 8300R7 Asia NONE No data NOTE This data can be assigned by PCPro not by CAT 6 000 299 Memory Slot number XXX X Calling Party Name Character by PCPro Maximum 16 digits 8 characters for Traditional Chinese 8300R7 Asia NONE No data NOTE This data can be assigned by PCPro not by CAT JANUARY 31 2012 CM72 ...

Page 531: ...eed Dialing indicated with CM08 110 111 112 or 176 and MultiLine Terminal one touch memory indicated with CM94 it cannot also be used for Station Speed Dialing Continued on next page ST EXE 73 DATA DE STATION NUMBER 1 8 digits 7 digits DE Default STATION NUMBER SETTING DATA X XXXXXXXX Station number which performs Sta tion Speed Dialing WW XX Y ZZ NONE WW 1000 Slot Memory Block number 00 19 XX 10 ...

Page 532: ...emory Block number 47 Programming facility would not be allowed The memory area for a single called number is referred to as a Memory Parcel Ten Memory Par cels are called a 10 Slot Memory Block and one hundred 10 Slot Memory Blocks are called a 1000 Slot Memory Block The relationship among Memory Parcels 10 Slot Memory Blocks and 1000 Slot Memory Blocks is illustrated below Continued on next page...

Page 533: ...ed Dialing are automatically determined by assigning this command on a station basis If the number of Memory Parcels per station or per station group does not exceed 10 then Ab breviated Code 0 X If the number of Memory Parcels per station or per station group exceeds 10 then Abbreviated Code 00 XX The following figure shows the relationship between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels Continued o...

Page 534: ...hared with several stations Also in the stations which station can assign or change the data can be determined Station Number 300 301 302 310 311 312 Assigned data 0000003 0000103 0000103 0003002 0003102 0003102 Facility for Programming Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Same Stored No 30 Same Stored No 20 Example CM73 ...

Page 535: ...n the following order the new access code comma the called number and For clearing the data enter CCC and 2 When entering data with characters the following characters can be registered Alphabet upper case A Z alphabet lower case a z numeric 0 9 symbol _ Space hyphen period slash colon NOTE The character CCC cannot be registered ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE EXE EXE ST EXE 74Y DE MEMORY SLOT NUMBER 5 digit...

Page 536: ...Maximum 26 digits XX X YY Y XX X Access Code Maximum 4 digits Separator Mark YY Y Calling Party Number Maximum 16 digits X XXXXXXXX Station Number Maximum 8 digits CCC Clear NONE No data 1 XX YY Z XX 1000 Slot Memory Block number 00 19 YY 10 Slot Memory Block number 00 99 Z Memory Parcel number 0 9 XXX X Called Party Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters See Character Code Table in ...

Page 537: ...mory Block Number 00 19 YY 10 Slot Memory Block Num ber 00 99 X Memory Parcel Number 0 9 CCC Clear NONE No data NOTE 1 Memory area of System Speed Dialing with 1 8 digits abbreviated code is also used as the memory area of Station Speed Dialing and MultiLine Terminal one touch memory Do not assign the same Memory Slot number of System Speed Dialing with 1 8 digits abbreviated code set by CM74 Y 0 ...

Page 538: ...X Called Party Name Character by PCPro Maximum 16 digits 8 characters for Simplified Chinese 8300R7 Asia NONE No data NOTE This data can be assigned by PCPro not by CAT 7 XX YY Z XX 1000 Slot Memory Block number 00 19 YY 10 Slot Memory Block number 00 99 Z Memory Parcel number 0 9 XXX X Called Party Name Character by PCPro Maximum 16 digits 8 characters for Traditional Chinese 8300R7 Asia NONE No ...

Page 539: ...ring data with characters the following characters can be registered Alphabet upper case A Z alphabet lower case a z numeric 0 9 symbol _ Space hyphen period slash colon NOTE The character CCC cannot be registered ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 76YY 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 1 8 digits 1 32 digits DE Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Number Conver sion Block No for ...

Page 540: ...NING DATA MEANING 01 02 03 04 For Day Mode For Night Mode For Mode A For Mode B 000 999 Number Conver sion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 CM2A Y 50 52 X XXXXXXXX Station number to be terminated NOTE 1 CM10 CM11 DXX D02 D03 D04 D06 D09 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D16 Change terminating system to Trunk Line Direct Appearance Trunk Line Direct Appearance TAS Direct In Termination Direct In Termination Tru...

Page 541: ... 07 Terminating Trunk Tenant dur ing Mode A for TAS 00 63 NONE Trunk Tenant 00 Trunk Tenant 63 No data 08 Terminating Trunk Tenant dur ing Mode B for TAS 00 63 NONE Trunk Tenant 00 Trunk Tenant 63 No data 09 Station Tenant for each DID Number See Data Settings explanation Page 3 497 00 63 NONE Station Tenant 00 Station Tenant 63 No data 10 Call Waiting for DID call per DID incoming LDN 0 1 Restric...

Page 542: ... 16 A0 NOTE Calling party number is used as the ID code for Remote Access to System DISA See CM2A Y 15 CM35 Y 155 CM76 Y 14 16 Incoming Call Restriction by Queue Limit for TAS 0 2 3 Restricted Not restricted countable for Queue Limit Not restricted uncountable for Queue Limit CM51 Y 26 30 CM64 Y 3 6 18 Terminating Sta tion Tenant for each DID number during Day Mode 00 63 NONE Station Tenant 00 Sta...

Page 543: ...8 180 397 CM35 Y 033 0 1 2 3 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF As per CM35 Y 033 North America Only CM08 180 CM35 Y 033 Interval of Single Line Telephone ringing tone on DID incoming calls 0 1 2 3 As per CM04 Y 00 05 As per CM04 Y 00 07 As per CM04 Y 00 05 As per CM35 Y 033 CM08 180 CM04 Y 00 05 07 CM35 Y 033 NOTE...

Page 544: ...34 164 CM65 Y 40 NOTE For the Ringer Tone Pattern see CM65 Y 40 24 DID Name assign ment with charac ter 000 199 Number Conver sion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 CM2A Y 50 52 NOTE X X X NONE Character Maximum 16 digits X 0 9 A Z No data CM15 Y 123 136 25 DID Name assign ment with charac ter code XXX X NONE Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 characters See Character Code Table in CM77 No data C...

Page 545: ... ing method for DID incoming call with no CLI in Day Mode 000 999 Number Conver sion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 1 2 3 To transfer to the VRS another station Attendant Console assigned by CM51 Y 33 To reject the call termination To terminate Multiline Terminal with lamp indication ringer tone ringer pattern assigned by CM76 Y 37 38 39 To terminate as usual CM51 Y 33 CM76 Y 33 37 38 39 35 W...

Page 546: ... assigned by CM51 Y 33 To reject the call termination To terminate the Multiline Terminal with unusual lamp indication unusual ringer tone unusual ringer tone pat tern assigned by CM76 Y 37 38 39 To terminate as usual CM51 Y 33 CM76 Y 35 37 38 39 37 Distinctive lamp indication on Mul tiline Terminal for DID incoming call with no CLI 0 1 Green 120 IPM Red 120 IPM CM35 Y 032 CM76 Y 34 36 NOTE This c...

Page 547: ... 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF SLT 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF Multiline Terminal 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF SLT 1 second ON 2 second OFF Multiline Terminal or SLT As per CM35 Y 033 North America Only NOTE 1 Assign this command when the terminal destination is SLT or Multiline Terminal NOTE 2 This command is effective when CM76 Y 34 36...

Page 548: ...all termination indicator key lamp on Atten dant console for DID incoming call with no CLI 8300R2 000 999 Number Conver sion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 1 6 7 C O Incoming Call 0 C O Incoming Call 1 C O Incoming Call 6 As per CM35 Y 015 CM35 Y 015 CM76 Y 34 36 NOTE The command is effective when CM76 Y 34 36 is set to 0 and the destination of call forwarding is Attendant console 41 Mobility...

Page 549: ...ion To provide VRS Waiting Message Greeting Mode As per CM35 Y 321 CM35 Y 321 47 VRS Waiting Message for Mode A 8300R7 0 1 3 To provide VRS Waiting Message function Announcement Service Start after Call Termination To provide VRS Waiting Message Greeting Mode As per CM35 Y 322 CM35 Y 322 48 VRS Waiting Message for Mode B 8300R7 0 1 3 To provide VRS Waiting Message function Announcement Service Sta...

Page 550: ... Y 327 CM35 Y 327 53 2nd VRS Wait ing Message for Day Mode 8300R7 00 63 NONE VRS Waiting Message No 00 63 As per CM35 Y 328 CM35 Y 328 54 2nd VRS Wait ing Message for Night Mode 8300R7 00 63 NONE VRS Waiting Message No 00 63 As per CM35 Y 329 CM35 Y 329 55 2nd VRS Wait ing Message for Mode A 8300R7 00 63 NONE VRS Waiting Message No 00 63 As per CM35 Y 330 CM35 Y 330 56 2nd VRS Wait ing Message for...

Page 551: ...R7 0 1 To send only one time As per CM35 Y 334 CM35 Y 334 60 VRS Waiting Message Send Pattern for Mode B 8300R7 0 1 To send only one time As per CM35 Y 335 CM35 Y 335 61 Multiple connec tions of VRS Waiting Message for Day Mode 8300R7 0 1 Play the message any time As per CM35 Y 336 CM35 Y 336 62 Multiple connec tions of VRS Waiting Message for Night Mode 8300R7 0 1 Play the message any time As per...

Page 552: ...ment Table 1 X XXXXXXXX DID number 000 999 NONE Number Conversion Block No 000 Number Conversion Block No 999 No data CM35 Y 170 172 99 Registered DID number display 0000 0999 Registered DID number is dis played from the lowest to the highest XXX ZZZZ NONE XXX Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 ZZZZ DID Number assigned by CM76 Y 00 No data CM76 Y 00 1000 1999 Registered DID number is...

Page 553: ...XX 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 18 Station Tenant for each DID No NONE 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 05 Station Tenant for each DID No NONE CM76 Y 02 Other terminating method TAS D13 For each terminating method STA DXX 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 19 Station Tenant for each DID No NONE 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 06 Station Tenant for each DID No NONE CM76 Y 03 Other terminating me...

Page 554: ...ethod STA DXX 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 19 Terminating Trunk Tenant NONE 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 06 Terminating Trunk Tenant NONE CM76 Y 03 Other terminating method TAS D13 For each terminating method STA DXX 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 20 Terminating Trunk Tenant NONE 00 63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y 07 Terminating Trunk Tenant NONE CM76 Y 04 Other terminating method TAS D13 ...

Page 555: ...ot be registered ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE 77Y STATION NUMBER DATA 1 8 digits EXE ST DE DE 1 32 digits TRUNK ROUTE NAME NUMBER 2 digits ZT NUMBER 3 digits DESKCON NUMBER 1 digit Default Y STATION No TRUNK ROUTE NAME No ZT No DESKCON No SETTING DATA REMARKS No MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Station Name assign ment with character code for English X XXXXXXXX Station number My Line number assignedby CM...

Page 556: ...Name assign ment with character code for Russian 8300R2 X XXXXXXXX Station number assignedby CM10 XXX X NONE Character Code Maximum 32 digits for Russian See Character Code Table for Russian Page 3 503 No data 8 ZT Name assignment with character code for English 000 127 ZT Number assigned by CM10 XXX X NONE Character Code Maximum 32 digits See Character Code Table Page 3 502 No data CM10 CM08 521 ...

Page 557: ...ge Default Y STATION No TRUNK ROUTE NAME No ZT No DESKCON No SETTING DATA REMARKS No MEANING DATA MEANING B DESKCON Name assignment with character for English 8300R2 0 7 DESKCON number assigned by CM10 X X X NONE Character Maximum 16 char acters No data D Station Name assign ment with character for Simplified Chinese 8300R7 NOTE 4 X XXXXXXXX Station Number assignedby CM10 X X X NONE Calling Party ...

Page 558: ...cter Code Table for English X Upper digit Y Lower digit Example To set John do the following operation 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o X Y 4A J 6F o 68 h 6E n JANUARY 31 2012 CM77 ...

Page 559: ...xample To set IIBAH do the following operation 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p É Þ 1 1 A Q a q ü æ ä 2 2 B R b r é Æ 3 3 C S c s â ô I 4 4 D T d t ä ö μ 5 5 E U e u à ò ü 6 6 F V f v å û 7 7 G W g w ç ù Ë q 8 8 H X h x ê ÿ x 9 9 I Y i y ë Ö y A J Z j z è Ü j B K k ï C L l î D M m ì E N n o Ä 0 1 2 n F O _ o m Å 4 5 ö X Y BA I I B3 B B1 A BF H JANUARY 31 2012 CM77 ...

Page 560: ...of Split Call Forwarding To cancel destination of Split Call Forwarding DATA TABLE ST EXE 78 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 3 digits 1 31 digits DE 78 CCC EXE ST DE DE 1ST DATA 3 digits 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DESTINATION XX Y XX Tenant number 00 63 Y Block number 0 7 X XXXX YY YY X XXXX Trunk Access Code 1 4 digits Separate Mark YY YY Called number Maximum 26 digits Outside Party X XXXX...

Page 561: ...rns are made available so that toll call restriction can be executed on all attempted outgoing toll calls PRECAUTION SETTING DATA 0 Restricted 3 Allowed 1 Using CM00 Memory Clear the data above is assigned 2 The restricted classes 00 14 and 15 are fixed restricted classes 01 to 13 can be changed TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS Y 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00 TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMB...

Page 562: ...l re quirements DATA TABLE TRUNK ST 81YY DATA DE EXE RESTRICTION CLASS 1 digit 1 digit DE Y TRUNK RESTRICTION SETTING DATA No MEANING No MEANING DATA MEANING 01 13 Toll Restriction Pattern number for each class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Unrestricted RCA Non Restricted 1 RCB Non Restricted 2 RCC Semi Restricted 1 RCD Semi Restricted 2 RCE Restricted 1 RCF Restricted 2 RCG Fully Restricted 1 RCH 0 3 Restricte...

Page 563: ...6 09 001 007 009 011 014 016 018 019 and 050 to 058 codes are restricted Semi Restricted 2 115 116 118 02 04 06 09 001 007 009 011 014 016 018 019 and 050 059 codes are restricted NOTE In the above example Patterns 06 07 09 10 12 and 13 are used and 08 has been modified TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS Y 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMBER ON EACH CLASS 01 02 03 04 05 06 ...

Page 564: ...e 85Y MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS 2 digits EXE ST DE DE AREA OFFICE CODE 1 8 digits Default Y AREA OFFICE CODE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS No MEANING 0 7 Area Code Development Pattern No 0 7 0 4 For Toll Restric tion 5 7 For LCR See CM35 Y 076 CM8A Y 4000 4004 4005 4007 X X X Maxi mum 8 digits Area Office Code or its part X 0 9 A B 01 24 79 80 84 85 87 1 digit 24 digits NOTE 1 79 digits ...

Page 565: ...nstallations within Melbourne NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C O LINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT 0 00 1 05 2 07 3 07 4 07 5 07 6 07 7 07 8 07 9 07 NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C O LINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT 00 00 01 09 02 09 03 09 04 09 05 09 06 09 07 09 08 09 09 09 NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C O LINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT 000 03 001 18 002 09 003 09 004 09 005 09 006 09 007 09 008 09 009 09 CM85...

Page 566: ...tion TR features PRECAUTION To provide Outgoing Trunk Queuing Trunk Queuing Outgoing in conjunction with Least Cost Rout ing 3 6 Digit you must set Route Pattern No 000 126 CM8A Y 0000 0126 Route Pattern No 127 255 cannot be used for Outgoing Trunk Queuing Trunk Queuing Outgoing with Least Cost Routing 3 6 Digit ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 8AYYYY 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 1 8 digits 1 32 digits DE JANU...

Page 567: ...25500 NONE XXX 00 XXX TR Pattern No 000 255 See CM8A Y 5000 5255 00 TR No No data 1000 1015 Tenant Pattern No 00 Tenant Pattern No 15 00 63 Tenant No 00 Tenant No 63 0000 0255 NONE Route Pattern No 000 Route Pattern No 255 CM8A Y 0000 0255 No data 2000 2007 Time Pattern No 0 Time Pattern No 7 0000 2330 HH MM HH Hours 00 23 MM Minutes 00 30 0000 0255 NONE Route Pattern No 000 Route Pattern No 255 C...

Page 568: ...Date Pattern No 0 Date Pattern No 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 0000 0255 NONE Route Pattern No 000 Route Pattern No 255 CM8A Y 0000 0255 No data 1000 1015 NONE Tenant Pattern No 00 Tenant Pattern No 15 CM8A Y 1000 1015 No data 2000 2007 NONE Time Pattern No 0 Time Pattern No 7 CM8A Y 2000 2007 No data Continued on next page CM8A ...

Page 569: ...te Pattern No 000 Route Pattern No 255 CM8A Y 0000 0255 No data 1000 1015 NONE Tenant Pattern No 00 Tenant Pattern No 15 CM8A Y 1000 1015 No data 2000 2007 NONE Time Pattern No 0 Time Pattern No 7 CM8A Y 2000 2007 No data 3000 3003 NONE Date Pattern No 0 Date Pattern No 3 CM8A Y 3000 3003 No data 4000 4004 NONE Area Code Development Pattern No 0 Area Code Development Pattern No 4 No data B000 B015...

Page 570: ... Toll Restriction Pattern No 00 6 digit Toll Restriction Pattern No 49 No 6 digit Toll Restriction See CM8A Y 8000 8049 No data 021 028 6 digit Toll Restriction on Trunk Restriction Class 1 8 0 1 Available Not Available To be designated by 1st Data 000 8000 8049 6 digit Toll Restriction No 00 6 digit Toll Restriction No 49 XXX Office Code 3 digits 0 1 Restricted Allowed A000 Area Code Development ...

Page 571: ...5563 NONE XXX ZZ XXX LCR Pattern No 000 255 See CM8A Y 5000 5255 ZZ Trunk Route No 00 63 No data 1000 1015 Tenant Pattern No 00 Tenant Pattern No 15 00 63 Tenant No 00 Tenant No 63 0000 0255 NONE Route Pattern No 000 Route Pattern No 255 CM8A Y 0000 0255 No data 2000 2007 Time Pattern No 0 Time Pattern No 7 0000 2330 HH MM HH Hours 00 23 MM Minutes 00 30 0000 0255 NONE Route Pattern No 000 Route P...

Page 572: ...ONE Tenant Pattern No 00 Tenant Pattern No 15 CM8A Y 1000 1015 No data 2000 2007 NONE Time Pattern No 0 Time Pattern No 7 CM8A Y 2000 2007 No data 4005 4007 Area Code Development Pattern No 5 Area Code Development Pattern No 7 See CM35 Y 076 X XX XX Area Code Maximum 8 digits 0000 0255 NONE Route Pattern No 000 Route Pattern No 255 CM8A Y 0000 0255 No data 1000 1015 NONE Tenant Pattern No 00 Tenan...

Page 573: ...de Development Pattern No 5 Area Code Development Pattern No 7 No data 5000 5225 NONE LCR Pattern No 000 LCR Pattern No 255 No data 8000 NONE Intra Office Termination No data Area Code Maximum 8 digits including LCR Access Code assigned by CM20 Y 0 3 A129 8001 8008 NONE 1 digit Intra Office Station 8 digit Intra Office Station No data 4010 Operator Call Code Development No X XXX Area Code Maximum ...

Page 574: ...l Restriction Pattern No 49 No 6 digit Toll Restriction No data 021 028 6 digit Toll Restriction on Trunk Restriction Class 1 8 0 1 Available Not Available To be des ignated by 1st Data 000 100 Designation of Digit Addition Pattern No See CM8A Y 9000 9255 9000 9255 NONE Digit Addition Pattern No 000 Digit Addition Pattern No 255 No digit addition 150 Designation of Prefix code Pattern No See CM8A ...

Page 575: ...No digit deletion 155 Sending an area code to an ISDN network as a Called Party Subaddress 0 1 Available Not available 157 Kind of origination Chinese No 1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 NONE Unknown Toll Semi Automatic Call 17X Toll Automatic Call 0 Normal Local Call Tie Line Special Call 110 119 International Semi Auto matic Call 10X International Automatic Call Not used Unknown Kind of origination Nor...

Page 576: ...umber for Private Numbering Plan 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 NONE Unknown Level 2 regional number Level 1 regional number PSTN specific number Local number Not used Abbreviated number Not used Unknown 158 Called Party Numbering Plan Identifier 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 15 NONE Unknown ISDN Telephone Number ing Plan Not used Data Numbering Plan Telex Numbering Plan Not used Not used Not used Nation...

Page 577: ...XXXXX NONE X 0 9 A B No data 162 Call by Call Service Feature North America Only 0 1 Feature Service 163 Call by Call Binary Facility Coding Value for AT T North America Only 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 16 NONE SDN MEGACOM800 MEGACOM Not used Not used ACCUNET Not used INTERNATIONAL800 AT T MULTIQUEST No data Call by Call Binary Facility Coding Value for Nortel North America Only 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 0...

Page 578: ...ss Pattern No 255 No data NOTE Set this command only for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 168 Destination Point Code DPC for IPT P2P CCIS SIP Point to Multi point connection 00001 16367 NONE DPC No data NOTE 1 Set this command only for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 NOTE 2 Don t set the same DPC to two or more LCR Pattern number If the same DPC i...

Page 579: ...nute 1 minute increments 127 minutes Not Released As per CMA7 Y 45 NOTE Set this data when setting the release timer to each opposite office respectively When setting the release timer to each trunk route basis set the 2nd data to NONE 172 Sending Transit Network Selection North America Only 0 3 To send Not sent 173 Location number of the group 00 63 NONE Location No 00 Location No 63 Location No ...

Page 580: ...4 8300R5 To send the station number without Originating Office number assigned by CMA7 Y 06 To send ISDN Subscriber Number assigned by CM12 Y 12 13 NOTE 1 Calling party number sent from SIP Trunk NOTE 3 00 01 02 08 14 15 As per Caller ID conver sion mode assigned by CMBA Y 44 As per Caller ID conver sion mode assigned by CMBA Y 44 As per Caller ID conver sion mode assigned by CMBA Y 44 To send Rep...

Page 581: ...gination of a call by pressing key 0 1 To provide Not provided 181 Whether to provide Data Conference Instant Mes sage for each LCR pat tern 8300R4 0 1 Restricted Allowed NOTE Set this data to 0 for the opposite office other than SV8300 when using 8300R4 software 183 Calling Name Notifica tion setting for SIP trunk 8300R4 00 15 Notify the name assigned for each station Notify the name registered b...

Page 582: ... digit TR No 49 XXX Office Code 3 digits 0 1 Restricted Allowed 8050 8099 6 digit Prefix No 00 6 digit Prefix No 49 XXX Office Code 3 digits 0 1 Restricted Allowed 9000 9255 Digit Addition Pattern No 00 Digit Addition Pattern No 255 0 Entry of digit code to be added X X X NONE Digits to be added Maxi mum 32 digits X 0 9 A B C Fixed Pause D Programmable Pause No data A000 Area Code Development Patt...

Page 583: ...ID Number 1 DID Number 1 DID Number 1 Subscriber number set to CM12 Y 12 13 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Station Num ber Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Station Num ber No Subscriber number set to CM12 Y 12 13 02 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 DID Number 2 DID Number 2 DID Number 2 DID Number 2 Subscriber number set to CM12 Y 46 47 Representa tiv...

Page 584: ...D conversion mode 2 03 Caller ID conversion mode 3 15 Not provided Not informed Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Not informed Informed Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 DID Number Station Num ber Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 Representa tive Number by CMBA Y 32 DID Number Station ...

Page 585: ...Default NOTE Specify up to 8 digits number including access code Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 000 Registration of Toll Restriction pattern number for Call Forwarding Outside X XXXX XXXX Forwarding destination number X 0 9 A B NOTE 100 115 NONE Toll Restriction pattern number 00 15 for Call Forwarding Outside No data CM8B Y 100 115 100 115 Toll Restrictio...

Page 586: ...dule But DT300 Series Multiline Cordless Terminal 24BT must be assigned My Line to key No 00 2 For assignment of a key on the Add on Module CM98 data should be assigned before data assignment of CM90 3 Twenty five keys on the Add on Module can be assigned as station trunk appearances 4 For key number layout of each Multiline Terminal DESKCON DSS Console and Add On Module refer to TERMINAL KEY ASSI...

Page 587: ...MENT 90 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE Multiline Terminal 90YY KEY NUMBER DATA 01 24 90 99 EXE ST DE MY LINE NUMBER 1 8 digits DE 1 8 digits 9010 KEY NUMBER DATA 01 24 90 99 EXE ST DE DE 1 8 digits 9009 ORIGINAL STATION NUMBER COPIED STATION 1 8 digits EXE ST DE DE 1 8 digits NUMBER JULY 17 2009 CM90 ...

Page 588: ...ctions X XXXXXXXX Station number My Line number FX FXXXXXXXX Multiline number Ordinary Station Multiline number assigned by CM11 X 0 9 A B CM10 CM11 A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Intercom number CM11 CM12 Y 03 CM56 Y 10 A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 Manual Intercom number CM11 CM12 Y 03 CM56 Y 11 B000 B900 B001 B901 B024 B924 Dial Intercom number CM11 CM12 Y 03 CM56 Y 12 Continued on next page CM9...

Page 589: ...Line number for Multiline Ter minal Attendant Position number CM11 CM15 Y 071 CM12 Y 03 D000 D511 Trunk number CM10 CM30 Y 02 03 18 F0XXX Service access code XXX 004 OG Queuing Call Back OQ CB Call Completion to Busy Subscriber CCBS Set Cancel For EU CM15 Y 002 003 025 157 158 006 Executive Right of Way EROW Executive Override CM15 Y 005 010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set Cancel FDA CM15 Y 000 026 ...

Page 590: ...ws provide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone conversations Continued on next page Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Setting of Functions F0XXX 018 Call Forwarding Destination Set FDDS 019 Call Forwarding Destination Cancel FDDC CM15 Y 015 020 Call Pickup Group PICK CM16 021 Call Pickup Direct DPICK CM15 Y 014 022 Do Not Disturb Set Reset DND CM15 Y 019 02...

Page 591: ...M15 Y 001 047 TAS Answer A TASA 048 TAS Answer B TASB 049 TAS Answer C TASC 050 TAS Answer D TASD 051 TAS Answer E TASE CM53 058 HOLD for Trunk Line Appearance 059 Trunk Answer 067 System Speed Dialing 300 memory 068 System Speed Dialing for 1000 memories 1000 Slot Memory Block No 02 069 Last Number Redial LAST CM08 177 085 Account Code ACC CM15 Y 030 097 Direct Data Entry 100 Trunk Route 00 163 T...

Page 592: ... A70 Malicious Call Trace Australia Only CM15 Y 211 A80 Split Call Forwarding All Calls Set Cancel A82 Split Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer Set Cancel A88 Whisper Page A94 Number Sharing Set Cancel A97 System Clock Setup by Station Dial ing A98 Call Park System Set which retrieved by dialing station number B34 Call Pickup Group Pilot B39 IP Station Logout CM15 Y 143 B43 System Speed Dialing o...

Page 593: ...ipants to conference Set Cancel 8300R2 B56 Mobility Access Mode Set Cancel NOTE CM20 Y 0 3 A256 A257 B58 PS Location Search NOTE B61 Dual Ringing Set Cancel 8300R5 NOTE F1XXX Multiline Terminal operation XXX 000 Stack Dial 001 Save Repeat 1 S R1 002 Voice Call VOICE 004 Hooking TRF 005 Message Waiting Lamp Message Reminder MW MR CM13 Y 03 CM15 Y 047 007 DTMF Additional Dial Programmable PBPRG CM41...

Page 594: ...PKR 017 MIC Use as a one touch mute key 020 Release key RLS 032 OAI Function Key 0 047 OAI Function Key 15 CMD7 Y 0 058 QoS Display on IP Station NOTE This data is not activated even if this data is assigned to the DT700 Series Feature Keys Multiline Terminal operation XXX 064 Do Not Disturb HDND 065 Room Cutoff HRC 066 Message Waiting HMW 067 Wake Up HWU 068 Check In CK IN 069 Room Status RSTS Fo...

Page 595: ...0 using 8300R5 software or later For Front Desk Terminal func tions CM15 Y 062 085 Voice Message Waiting Service Indi vidual Set when called station is no answer or busy CM15 Y 100 102 090 Headset Handset Key NOTE Used to switch to headset or back to handset For Dterm 75 Dterm Series E 091 Record Voice Mail Live Record 092 Pause Voice Mail Live Record 093 Re record Voice Mail Live Record 094 End V...

Page 596: ... 05 F13XX 00 Day Night Mode change by Tenant 00 63 Day Night Mode change by Tenant 63 NOTE Do not use Day Night Mode change by a Single Line Tele phone and by a Multiline Termi nal simultaneously CM08 244 245 64 Permission Restriction of Remote Maintenance 8300R7 CM40 Y 10 2 CM41 Y 0 165 F15XX ACD UCD Group number Busy Lamp XX ACD UCD Group No 00 15 8300R5 or before ACD UCD Group No 00 99 8300R6 o...

Page 597: ...nant 00 ANS00 01 TAS Answer on Tenant 01 ANS01 63 TAS Answer on Tenant 63 ANS63 NOTE CM30 Y 00 02 03 CM12 Y 04 CM57 Y 30 F41XX 00 Pooled Line Number 00 Tenant 00 Trunk Route 00 POL00 63 Pooled Line Number 63 Tenant 63 Trunk Route 63 POL63 CM30 Y 00 01 02 03 F5000 Call Park System CPSY F5001 Transfer to VMS F5010 Caller ID Display F5011 Call Redirect for transferring to station CM51 Y 22 F5012 Call...

Page 598: ...DT330 DT710 DESI less only DT730 DT750 only 8300R3 CM12 Y 72 F5031 Scroll up to change a row which displays twofold font on LCD DT330 DT710 DESI less only DT730 DT750 only 8300R3 CM12 Y 72 F5033 Reverse Contrast on the LCD DT330 DT710 DT730 only 8300R3 CM13 Y 66 CM20 Y 0 3 A259 F6010 F6017 Call Termination from FX Line 0 FX0 Call Termination from FX Line 7 FX7 CM35 Y 015 F6020 F6027 Call Terminati...

Page 599: ...ging sending method when terminat ing a call to Line Trunk key on Multiline Termi nal 0 1 Delayed Ringing No Delayed Ringing NOTE Delayed Ringing can be assigned to the first 16 24 Line Trunk keys CM41 Y 1 09 CM12 Y 24 03 Call Indicator Lamp control 0 1 Not available Available The lamp lights on call termina tion or recall 04 Group Feature Key 0 1 To provide Not provided NOTE Do not set the second...

Page 600: ... 90 Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 10 Key setting of program mable pattern 1 Same as CM90 Y 00 CM04 Y 00 02 NOTE Be sure to set the Key No F5099 My Line to any key on the Multiline Terminal or the Add on Module when programmable pattern 1 is assigned JANUARY 14 2011 CM90 ...

Page 601: ...MBER E000 E007 EXE ST DE DE DESKCON KEY NUMBER 07 24 90 97 SETTING DATA 5 digits XX DESKCON Status No 00 04 00 Idle State Same as Key Assignment 1 01 When answering or originating 02 When the called station is busy 03 When the called station is in Do Not Disturb mode 04 When accessing Hotel feature Y DESKCON No 0 7 MULTI ST EXX Y DE EXE FUNCTION KEY NUMBER 01 04 DE SETTING DATA 5 digits 90YY JUNE ...

Page 602: ...7 LDN0 NOTE 2 CM35 Y 015 F6010 F6017 Call Termination from FX Line 0 FX0 Call Termination from FX Line 7 FX7 CM35 Y 015 F6020 F6027 Call Termination from WATS Line 0 WATS0 Call Termination from WATS Line 7 WATS7 CM35 Y 015 F6030 F6037 Call Termination from CCSA Line 0 CCSA0 Call Termination from CCSA Line 7 CCSA7 CM35 Y 015 F6040 F6047 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 TIE0 Tie Line Incoming Call 7 TIE7 TI...

Page 603: ... F6060 Operator Call ATND ATND NOTE 2 F6061 Recall RCL RCL NOTE 2 F6062 Serial Call Termination SRL CM90 Y 00 F6105 F6063 Call Forwarding No Answer NANS NANS NOTE 2 CM51 Y 00 01 F6064 Call Forwarding Busy Line BUSY BUSY NOTE 2 CM51 Y 03 04 F6065 Call Forwarding Intercept ICPT CM08 032 119 F6066 Off Hook Alarm EMG CM51 Y 12 F6067 Attendant Interposition Calling Transfer TF Transferred DESK CONSOLE ...

Page 604: ...warding All Calls Override F6104 Reset RESET F6105 Serial Call Set SC CM90 Y 00 F6062 F6106 Flash over trunk CAS SHF CM35 Y 016 F6107 Busy Verification BV BV NOTE 2 CM08 012 CM15 Y 009 F6108 Do Not Disturb Override DNDOV Call Forwarding All Calls Override For Hotel DESKCON Do not assign this data to key numbers 1 to 4 NOTE Call Forwarding All Calls Override is effective when CM08 1014 is set to 0 ...

Page 605: ... Only CM15 Y 211 F6121 Last Number Call Last Number Redial Attendant Stack Dial Atten dant F6122 Select Key of Calling Number Dis play or Calling Name Display F6123 Transfer to VMS F6124 911 Notification North America Only NOTE 1 F6144 Call Park System CM08 445 F6150 F6159 Paging 0 Paging 9 PAGE0 NOTE 2 CM08 445 F6200 Source SRC SRC NOTE 2 F6201 Destination DEST DEST NOTE 2 F6202 Cancel CANCEL CAN...

Page 606: ...p 1 LOOP 1 Loop 6 LOOP 6 LOOP 1 LOOP 6 NOTE 2 F6252 Answer ANSWER ANSWER F6253 Release RELEASE RELEASE F1201 F1262 Lamp indication when trunks are all busy in Trunk Group 01 TGB01 Lamp indication when trunks are all busy in Trunk Group 62 TGB62 Maximum 6 keys per DESKCON NOTE 1 CM30 Y 09 F7XXZ XX Z XX Relay Group No 00 31 assigned by CM44 Z Circuit No 0 3 assigned by CM44 312 313 External Relay In...

Page 607: ...d on next page KEY No DEFAULT SETTINGS KEY No DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DATA MEANING SETTING DATA MEANING 07 F6240 LOOP1 20 No Data 08 F6241 LOOP2 21 F6150 PAGE0 09 F6242 LOOP3 22 No Data 10 F6243 LOOP4 23 No Data 11 F6244 LOOP5 24 F6107 BV 12 F6245 LOOP6 90 F6200 SRC 13 F6000 LDN0 91 F6201 DEST 14 F6040 TIE0 92 No Data 15 F6064 BUSY 93 F6203 TALK 16 F6060 ATND 94 F6204 HOLD 17 F6063 NANS 95 F6202 ...

Page 608: ... Remote Access to System DISA System Speed Dial ing Date and Time Tone Ringer Choice of Night Ser vice CM2A CM71 CM02 01 When answering or originating 8300R2 F6105 Serial Call Set SC CM90 Y 00 F6062 F6106 Flash Over Trunk CAS Centrex SHF CM35 Y 016 086 F6112 Out pulse PB Signal Short SPB CM35 Y 026 F6113 Out pulse PB Signal Long LPB CM41 Y 0 14 02 When the called station is busy 8300R2 F6107 Busy ...

Page 609: ...lt setting of Multi Function Keys is for Key No 01 04 For details see NOTE 4 on next page Continued on next page Y No DESKCON STATUS No MEANING SETTING DATA FUNCTION REMARKS RELATED COMMAND 00 03 When the called station is in DND 8300R2 F6108 Do Not Disturb Override DDOV 04 When accessing Hotel features 8300R2 F6100 Room Cutoff RCOF For Hotel DESKCON NOTE Use the ANSWER key as the SET key for Hote...

Page 610: ...When accessing Hotel feature 01 02 03 04 MODE Mode PROG Programming PA 1 23 PM WED 05 OCT 2011 MODE PROG 01 02 03 04 SPB Out Pulse Short LPB Out Pulse Long SHF Flash Over Trunk 252 ANN CL1 SPB LPB SHF 1 23 PM WED 05 OCT 2011 01 02 03 04 1 23 PM WED 05 OCT 2011 BSY 252 CL1 01 02 03 04 DDOVR Do not Disturb Override DDOVR 1 23 PM WED 05 OCT 2011 DND 252 CL1 ANN 01 02 03 04 RC Room Cutoff MW Message W...

Page 611: ...DE 1 8 digits Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING KEY No DATA MEANING 00 Setting of Func tions 30 54 X XXXXXXXX Station number My Line number FX FXXXXXXXX Multiline number Ordinary Station Multiline number assigned by CM11 X 0 9 A B CM10 CM11 A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Intercom number CM11 CM56 Y 10 A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 Manual Intercom number CM11 CM56 Y 11 Continued on next page...

Page 612: ... of key numbers 87 through 89 can be used for the Day Night key 02 Ringer sending method when ter minating a call to Line Trunk key on Multiline Terminal 30 54 0 1 Delayed Ringing No Delayed Ringing NOTE 2 Delayed Ringing can be as signed to the first 16 Line Trunk keys Key No 30 through 45 CM41 Y 1 09 10 Key setting of programmable pattern 1 NOTE 1 Same as CM90 Y 00 NOTE 2 NOTE 1 Key No 01 cannot...

Page 613: ...T 93 DE EXE NUMBER 1 8 digits DE STATION NUMBER 1 8 digits TRUNK NUMBER 4 digits NOTE My Line number is registered to Prime Line number automatically when a station number is assigned by CM10 after setting Fixed pattern and Programmable pattern of Multiline Terminal by CM04 Y 00 02 See Fixed pattern and Programmable pattern MY LINE NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING X XXXXXXXX X XXXX...

Page 614: ... NOTE If assigning the station number to One Touch keys using 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 the lamp does not show the busy state MY LINE NUMBER SETTING DATA DATA MEANING X XXXXXXXX WW XX Y ZZ NONE WW 1000 Slot Memory Block number 00 19 NOTE XX 10 Slot Memory Start Block number 00 99 Y Facility for programming the dialed number from the station 0 1 Effective Ineffective ZZ Number of 10 Slot Me...

Page 615: ...ts EXE ST DE DE 1 8 digits Default NOTE When DSS Console is connected to the side option of the DT700 Series be sure to set the station number connected to the DT700 Series DSS CONSOLE NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING 00 31 See CM10 Y 00 E100 E131 X XXXXXXXX Single Line Telephone station number or My Line number of Multiline Termi nal CM10 Y 00 E100 E131 CM97 E000 E007 Attendant Co...

Page 616: ...S CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT 97 FUNCTION This command is used to assign the station numbers and trunk numbers to the keys on each DSS Con sole PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 97 DSS CONSOLE DE DSS KEY NUMBER NUMBER DE DATA 1 8 digits 2 digits 2 digits CM97 ...

Page 617: ... 000 511 CM10 CM30 Y 02 03 18 F13XX XX 00 Day Night Mode Change by Tenant 00 63 Day Night Mode Change by Tenant 63 CM08 244 CM08 245 56 F1052 Function Change key 57 59 F0043 Night key CM08 244 245 CM15 Y 60 F1048 Room Cutoff Set Reset F1049 Message Waiting Set Reset F1050 Call Recording F1051 Check In Out F1053 Do Not Disturb Set Reset F1054 No Answer Indication for Wake Up Call F1055 Function key...

Page 618: ...erminal PRECAUTION 1 One Add on Module number can be assigned for each My Line number of a Multiline Terminal 2 This command should be performed before the data assignment of CM90 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 98Y MY LINE NUMBER DE ADD ON MODULE NUMBER 1 8 digits DE 00 31 Y ADD ON MODULE NUMBER MY LINE NUMBER 0 00 31 See CM10 Y 00 EC00 EC31 X XXXXXXXX APRIL 16 2010 CM98 ...

Page 619: ...ft Key on a Multiline Terminal PRECAUTION When entering data with characters the following characters can be registered Alphabet upper case A Z alphabet lower case a z numeric 0 9 symbol _ Space hyphen period slash colon NOTE The character CCC cannot be registered ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE 9AYY DATA DE STATUS NUMBER 2 12 digits DE SOFT KEY NUMBER 4 digits CM9A ...

Page 620: ...y Number 00 15 00 03 Indicated on 1st display 04 07 Indicated on 2nd display 08 11 Indicated on 3rd display 12 15 Indicated on 4th display F5002 F5003 F5014 F5015 F5016 F5017 F5018 F5019 F5029 FXXXX NONE Scroll key to change the Soft key indication Ringer Tone Changing Dial By Name for System Speed Dialing 300 Slot Memory Dial By Name for Station Speed Dialing Dial By Name for System Speed Dialing...

Page 621: ... 01 During dialing Holding no call 02 During dialing Holding a station trunk 03 During calling Holding no call 04 During calling Holding a station trunk 05 Being called 06 When called party is busy Holding no call 07 When called party is busy Holding a station trunk 08 When called party sets DND 09 Trunk Busy 10 During Speaking Holding no call 11 During Speaking Holding a station trunk bb Soft Key...

Page 622: ...During calling Holding a station trunk 05 Being called 06 When called party is busy Holding no call 07 When called party is busy Holding a station trunk 08 When called party sets DND 09 Trunk Busy 10 During Speaking Holding no call 11 During Speaking Holding a station trunk bb Soft Key Number 00 15 00 03 Indicated on 1st display 04 07 Indicated on 2nd display 08 11 Indicated on 3rd display 12 15 I...

Page 623: ...3 During calling Holding no call 04 During calling Holding a station trunk 05 Being called 06 When called party is busy Holding no call 07 When called party is busy Holding a station trunk 08 When called party sets DND 09 Trunk Busy 10 During Speaking Holding no call 11 During Speaking Holding a station trunk bb Soft Key Number 00 15 00 03 Indicated on 1st display 04 07 Indicated on 2nd display 08...

Page 624: ...0020 Call Pickup Group PICK 0103 03 F5002 Scroll key 0104 04 F0010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set Cancel FDA 0105 05 F0012 Call Forwarding No Answer Busy Line Set Can cel FDN 0106 06 F0022 Do Not Disturb Set Cancel DND 0107 07 F5002 Scroll key 0111 11 F5002 Scroll key 0300 During calling Holding no call 00 F1002 Voice Call VOICE 0301 01 F1001 Save Repeat S R 0302 02 F1005 Message Reminder MW 0303 0...

Page 625: ...lding no call 00 F0004 Call Back Set CB 0601 01 F0A25 Call Waiting Set CW 0602 02 F1005 Message Reminder MW 0700 When called party is busy Holding station trunk 00 F1005 Message Reminder MW 0701 01 F5001 Transfer to VMS VMTRF 0900 Trunk busy 00 F0004 Outgoing Queuing OG Q 1000 During speaking Holding no call 00 F1017 MIC ON OFF MIC 1100 During speaking Holding station trunk 00 F1017 MIC ON OFF MIC...

Page 626: ...fied to the Multiline Terminals that are connected to the units PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE 9BY DATA DE EVENT OCCURRENCE NOTICE 1 digit DE LINK DOWN NOTICE FOR 4 digits CCIS SIP TRUNK UNITS BUTTON NUMBER Default NOTE Link down notice 02 50 corresponds to the Unit No 02 50 except Main Unit Y 1ST DATA SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Link...

Page 627: ...ued on next page Y 1ST DATA SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Block number assignment with Function key 00 99 Block number FXXXX NONE Function key Same as F0XXX F1XXX F50XX of CM90 No data CM90 Y 00 FXXXX 01 Function Name assignment with character code XXX X NONE Character Code Maxi mum 16 digits See Character Code Table Page 3 502 No data 02 Function Name assign...

Page 628: ...ta can be assigned by PCPro not by CAT Y 1ST DATA SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 06 Function Name assignment with character for Tradi tional Chinese 8300R7 Asia NOTE 00 99 Block number XXX X NONE Character Maximum 4 characters 8 digits No data JANUARY 31 2012 CM9C ...

Page 629: ...fault Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Trunk used as Common Signaling channel IPT P2P CCIS SIP trunk 000 511 NONE Trunk number assigned by CM10 Y 00 No data CM10 Y 00 01 Originating Point Code OPC 00001 16367 NONE Originating Point Code No data NOTE 1 The Originating Point Code is used to designate an originating office in the No 7 CCIS network A single OPC should be assig...

Page 630: ... CM8A Y 5XXX 168 03 Centralized Billing Facility 0 1 3 Distant End is a Center Office Distant End is a Local Office Not provided 04 Centralized Billing destination 00001 16367 NONE Point Code of Center Billing Office No data 05 Centralized Fault Reporting destina tion 00001 16367 NONE Point Code of Centralized Fault Reporting Office No data 06 Originating Office number for Open Numbering Plan NOTE...

Page 631: ...rmation transfer ring service 0 1 To provide Not provided 29 Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer CCIS 0 1 Allowed Maximum 7 times Restricted Only once CM08 370 CM42 72 30 Busy Lamp Field BLF CCIS 0 1 To provide Not provided 44 TOS field Precedence for IPT P2P CCIS control packet TOS Type of Service NOTE This data setting is ineffec tive when CMA7 Y 50 is set 0 7 15 PRECEDENCE 0 ...

Page 632: ...ant to validate the Precedence set by CMA7 Y 44 set CCC data clear for CMA7 Y 71 NOTE 3 This data setting is required only for Point to Multipoint connection 64 Trunk seizure sequence for incoming calls 8300R4 North America Only 0 1 By allotter From the lowest circuit number NOTE Trunk seizure sequence for outgoing calls can be set by CM35 Y 083 71 SIP Profile number for control packet 00 31 NONE ...

Page 633: ...ting of CMA7 Y 82 has a priority if these two commands are assigned simultaneously 83 SIP Profile number of Secondary Unit 8300R6 00 31 NONE Profile No As per CMA7 Y 71 CM0B Y 001 142 CMA7 Y 71 NOTE When SIP trunk is used in the same account of Primary Unit and Secondary Unit under Failover system assign this data to NONE As per CMA7 Y 71 When SIP trunk is used in different account of Primary Unit...

Page 634: ... IPT P2P CCIS set this data IPT No 00 For Point to Point connection to SIP trunk CMA7 Y 46 1 set this data to SIP trunk No of SIP trunk that is used for DPC of SIP server assigned by CMA7 Y 02 For Point to Multipoint connection to SIP trunk CMA7 Y 46 0 set this data to SIP trunk No of SIP trunk that is used for DPC of SIP server assigned by CM8A Y 5XXX 168 Continued on next page Y 1ST DATA 2ND DAT...

Page 635: ...ows For IPT P2P CCIS set this data IP address of destination IPT VoIP address of destina tion office For Point to Point connection to SIP trunk CMA7 Y 46 1 this data is not needed to as signed For Point to Multipoint connection to SIP trunk CMA7 Y 46 0 set this data to IP ad dress of destination IPT VoIP address of destination office APRIL 16 2010 CMA8 ...

Page 636: ...e Interface PRECAUTION This command requires the blade reset after data setting ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE BLADE RESET ST EXE A9YY DATA DE 3 digits DE D CHANNEL No 00 31 Default Y SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Trunk used as D Channel number 000 511 NONE DTI PRT trunk number assigned by CM10 Y 00 No data CM05 Y 0 41 CM10 Y 00 CM35 Y 093 NOVEMBER 12 2008 CMA9 ...

Page 637: ... MEANING 00 Data Mode for DTI T1 1 5 Mbps CCT T1 1 5 Mbps 0 1 Based on AT T Specifications Not Used CM05 Y 1 01 Frame Configuration for DTI T1 1 5 Mbps CCT T1 1 5 Mbps 0 1 12 Multi Frame D4 24 Multi Frame ESF CM05 Y 1 Frame Configuration for DTI E1 2 Mbps 8300R3 0 1 Double Frame no CRC 4 CRC 4 multiframe structure 02 ZCS Zero Code Suppression for CCT T1 1 5 Mbps 0 1 Available Non Transparent Not a...

Page 638: ...utgoing calls are restricted 06 ISDN Protocol Type for PRT T1 1 5 Mbps E1 2 Mbps 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 28 30 31 32 33 34 63 Australia New Zealand ITU T Hong Kong AT T 4 5 ESS NTI DMS 100 250 Australia ETSI ETSI VN4 Chile ETSI Standard Brazil Chile Columbia UAE ITU T Standard Thailand USA NI 2 ETSI 2 Latin America Europe Germany For EU Netherlands Greece Luxembourg Portugal Spain Sweden For EU...

Page 639: ...ITU T Standard Thailand USA NI 1 USA NI 2 Germany For EU Netherlands For EU Italy For EU Not used CM05 Y 1 ISDN Telephone Type 24 63 ETSI Terminal Not ETSI Terminal NOTE NOTE To accommodate the ISDN telephone with ETSI specification set this data to 24 Set 63 for the ISDN telephone with any other specification 09 Idle Code on ISDN B Channels for DTI T1 1 5 Mbps 0 1 Send 7F to PSTN Send FF to PSTN ...

Page 640: ...election of cable length for PRT T1 1 5 Mbps E1 2 Mbps DTI T1 1 5 Mbps E1 2 Mbps CCT T1 1 5 Mbps E1 2 Mbps 0 1 2 3 4 7 0 40 m 0 131 2 ft 41 81 m 134 5 265 7 ft 82 122 m 269 0 400 2 ft 123 162 m 403 4 531 4 ft 163 200 m 534 6 656 ft 0 40 m 0 131 2 ft CM05 Y 1 20 Short Long distance mode setting of cable for CCT T1 1 5 Mbps E1 2 Mbps 0 1 Short distance Long distance CM05 Y 1 21 Receiving pulse level...

Page 641: ...T maintenance bit unavailable Remote Loop Back for PRT FIFO available Payload Loop Back for PRT maintenance bit available Loop Back OFF for BRT PRT CM05 Y 1 24 Local loopback setting for CCT T1 1 5 Mbps E1 2 Mbps For test 00 01 15 Local Loop Back Payload Loop Back Loop Back OFF CM05 Y 1 25 Type of trunk for DTI E1 2 Mbps 8300R3 08 15 Brazil Code for collect call block ing trunk Brazil Only ITU T Q...

Page 642: ...SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 ISDN Line station number to be con trolled X XXXXXXXX ISDN Line station number 01 Layer 2 data link 0 1 Point to Point connection Point to Multipoint connection 03 Passive Bus in Point to Multipoint con nection 0 1 Extended Passive Bus Short Passive Bus 10 National ISDN 1 mode North America Only 0 1 To provide Not provided 11 Sending of expan...

Page 643: ...TA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 16 Type of power supply for ISDN tele phone 0 1 Power supply from the system Local power supply 30 SPID Service Profile ID for each B channel of BRT blade North America Only XXXX ZZZZ 8 digits XXXX ISDN Subscriber No ZZZZ SPID BLADE RESET APRIL 16 2010 CMAC ...

Page 644: ... 04 05 06 contact NEC Continued on next page Y MEANING ZT SIP CONVERTER No SETTING DATA DATA MEANING 00 Calling Area 000 127 XX Y ZZ NONE CCC XX Calling Area No 00 31 Y Group No 0 7 ZZ Group ZT No 00 31 No data Data clear 04 Receiving sensibility of LCCH from PS to ZT Latin America Only NOTE 01 02 15 40 dB Faint 20 dB Average 0 dB Strong 05 Sending Level of LCCH from ZT to PS NOTE 01 02 15 ZT Lati...

Page 645: ...number of SIP Converter 8300R7 000 127 01 50 NONE Unit No 01 Unit No 50 Unit No 01 NOTE When a standard SIP terminal is accommodated to Remote Unit set the Unit number by this com mand 92 Readout the ZT status North America Only 8300R5 000 127 02 Normal operation NOTE When readout data of this command is other than 02 ZT is disconnected started up or forced RESET JANUARY 31 2012 CMAD ...

Page 646: ...dditional informa tion No data 03 Nation Code assignment Australia North America 001 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 255 Australia North America 310 North America 311 North America 312 North America 313 North America 314 North America 315 North America 316 Japan 04 Home PBX ID for Roaming For PCS 8300R2 X XXXX NONE Home PBX ID 1 4 digits Decimal No data NOTE Assign the same number with the first digit...

Page 647: ...CC 00 00 AA 1st Priority BB 2nd Priority CC 3rd Priority 00 4th Priority 00 5th Priority NONE Control Carrier No 01 20 01 1920 35 MHz 02 1920 65 MHz 03 1920 95 MHz 04 1921 55 MHz 05 1921 85 MHz 06 1922 15 MHz 07 1923 05 MHz 08 1923 35 MHz 09 1924 25 MHz 10 1924 55 MHz 11 1925 45 MHz 12 1925 75 MHz 13 1926 65 MHz 14 1926 95 MHz 15 1927 85 MHz 16 1928 15 MHz 17 1928 45 MHz 18 1929 05 MHz 19 1929 35 ...

Page 648: ...this data download the PS operation data by CM1D Y 20 NOTE 3 PS operation data must be downloaded every time the control carrier number is changed NOTE 4 All ZT must be reset after this data setting Default Y MEANING 1ST DATA SETTING DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 42 Network ID for Roaming Service For PCS 8300R2 NOTE 6 00 Network ID assign ment 00000 65534 NONE Network ID No data BLADE RESET JANUA...

Page 649: ...clear No data 001 Route Selection Pattern assignment for Visitor PS For PCS 000 255 Data Table No assigned by CMAF Y 000 00 07 CCC NONE Route Selection Pattern No 00 07 Data clear No data 002 Trunk Restriction Class in Day Night Mode for Visitor PS For PCS 000 255 Data Table No assigned by CMAF Y 000 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 CCC NONE Unrestricted RCA Nonrestricted 1 RCB Nonrestricted 2 RCC Semirest...

Page 650: ...nrestricted RCA 02 Nonrestricted 1 RCB 03 Nonrestricted 2 RCC 04 Semirestricted 1 RCD 05 Semirestricted 2 RCE 06 Restricted 1 RCF 07 Restricted 2 RCG 08 Fully restricted RCH 00 CCC NONE Route Selection Pattern 0 Data clear No data 210 Roaming Station Num ber For PCS 00 X XXXX XXXX Roaming Station No Pilot station No assigned by CM18 Y 1 998 Work Memory All Clear of DBM For PCS 1 All Clear CCC Data...

Page 651: ...s reset the contents in the memories of the PEG counter are all cleared ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE Y 0 To clear individual data To clear all PEG COUNT data To display Y 2 To set the PEG COUNT measurement start end time To display the PEG COUNT measurement status ST EXE B00 CCC DE TRUNK STATUS DATA 3 5 digits DE ST EXE B00 CCC DE DE 999 ST B00 DE TRUNK STATUS DATA 3 5 digits DE ST EXE B02 DE 1ST DATA 0 1...

Page 652: ...3007 fm COMMAND CODE TITLE PEG COUNT B0 Y 4 To clear each ZT PEG COUNT data To clear all ZT PEG COUNT data To display ST EXE B04 CCC DE 1ST DATA 4 digits DE ST EXE B04 CCC DE DE 9999 ST B04 DE 1ST DATA 4 digits DE JANUARY 31 2012 CMB0 ...

Page 653: ...Number of failures caused by all ringing circuits being busy 077 Number of failures caused by all VoIPDB channels being busy 078 Number of forced release of communication between station and Trunk Tandem connection 079 Number of call forwarding caused by the calling number is not informed from network 080 Number of rejection of the incoming call the calling is not informed from network 082 Number ...

Page 654: ...all Forwarding Busy Line for call forwarding in Mobility Access Mode 8300R5 096 Number of Call Forwarding No Answer for call forwarding in Mobility Access Mode 8300R5 097 Number of Mobility Access calls restricted because of DSP resource limitation 8300R6 098 Number of times of encrypted calls connected 8300R6 099 Restriction number of Remote Maintenance via built in modem 8300R7 NOTE 1 100 163 Nu...

Page 655: ...Calling being busy 832 Number of transferred incoming calls to Attendant Console or predetermined station by Call Forwarding No Answer 833 Number of failures caused by all DTMF receivers being busy 8300R5 835 Number of failures caused by all MFC receivers being busy 8300R5 836 Number of failures caused by all Caller ID receivers being busy 8300R5 837 Number of failures caused by all Caller ID send...

Page 656: ... of duration for measuring PEG COUNT 0 Setting of PEG COUNT Start Time MM DD HH mm NONE To stop the PEG COUNT immedi ately enter 99999999 To clear the Set ting data enter CCC MM Month 01 12 DD Day 01 31 HH Hour 00 23 mm Minute 00 59 No data 1 Setting of PEG COUNT End Time 2 Display the PEG COUNT Status NOTE 2 4 Display PEG COUNT data for ZT 0XXX Number of Call Origination XXX ZT number 000 127 000...

Page 657: ... PEG COUNT B0 NOTE 2 The meaning of the data displayed is as shown below 0 Not started 1 Under measuring 2 Finished After turning power on or after a system reset the system starts the PEG COUNT if the PEG COUNT start time has not been set JANUARY 31 2012 CMB0 ...

Page 658: ...lt Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Setting of traffic measurement condition 0 Traffic Measurement Mode 0 1 2 3 4 No measurement Traffic measurement per hour Traffic measurement per day Traffic measurement per hour continuously Traffic measurement per day continuously NOTE Traffic Measurement start time and end time settings by CMB1 Y 0 1 2 are required to set the second ...

Page 659: ...0 Setting of traffic measurement condition 2 Setting End Time for Traffic Measurement MMDDHHmm NONE MM Month 01 12 DD Day 01 31 HH Hour 00 23 mm Minute 00 59 No data 3 Display data for Traf fic Measurement 0 1 2 Before the traffic measurement During the traffic measurement Completed the traffic measurement Continued on next page APRIL 16 2010 CMB1 ...

Page 660: ...outgoing trunk traffic data XXXZ XXX Trunk No 000 511 Z Record No 0 6 XXXX 4 digits Outgoing trunk traffic data X XXX erl Ex 0125 0 125 erl 3 Display incoming trunk route traffic data XXZ XX Trunk Route No 00 63 Z Record No 0 6 XXXXXX 6 digits Incoming trunk route traf fic data XXX XXX erl Ex 001345 1 345 erl 4 Display outgoing trunk route traffic data XXZ XX Trunk Route No 00 63 Z Record No 0 6 X...

Page 661: ... for ZT 0 Traffic Measurement Mode of ZT 0 1 No Measurement Hourly Measurement 1 Setting Start Time for Traffic Measurement of ZT MMDDHH NONE MM Month 01 12 DD Day 01 31 HH Hour 00 23 No data 2 Display data for Traf fic Measurement of ZT 0 1 2 Before the traffic measurement During the traffic measurement Completed the traffic measurement Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CMB1 ...

Page 662: ...g Enter key when Time Zone No 1st data is set to 24 DATA ERROR is displayed NOTE 3 When the 2nd data is entered during the data is being measured is displayed A Display percentage of ZT B channel all busy XXXZZ XXX ZT No 000 127 ZZ Time Zone No 00 24 XXX 3 digits Percentage of B channel all busy data X XX Ex 012 12 NOTE 1 Meaning of the 1st data and 2nd data is as follows 000 00 1st data 012 2nd d...

Page 663: ...MENT PROCEDURE To display To clear individual data To clear all UCD PEG COUNT data DATA TABLE ST B3Y DE DATA 1 8 digits DE ST EXE B3Y CCC DE TRUNK STATUS DATA DE ST EXE B39 CCC DE DE 999 Y SETTING DATA TRUNK STATUS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Number of answered calls on UCD sta tion X XXXXXXXX UCD Station Number See CM17 Y 0 1 Number of incoming calls to UCD Group XX XX UCD Group 00 15 8300R5 or b...

Page 664: ...he caller abandoned the call All of incoming calls in queuing mode can be counted set by CM08 1404 when using 8300R6 software or later NOTE 5 The number of incoming calls is counted in queuing mode while UCD Group is all busy Y SETTING DATA TRUNK STATUS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 2 Number of call waiting calls for prede termined time CM41 Y 0 16 in queu ing mode on UCD Group NOTE 2 XX XX UCD Group ...

Page 665: ...ead from the system PEG counter Data can be cleared after reading PRECAUTION When the system is reset the contents in the memories of the PEG counter are all cleared ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE To display To clear individual data To clear all data LOCATION NUMBER 00 63 ST B4YY DE LOCATION NUMBER 00 63 DE LOCATION NUMBER 00 63 ST B4YY DE LOCATION NUMBER 00 63 DE EXE CCC ST EXE B4YY CCC DE DE 9999 JUNE 15 ...

Page 666: ...TA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Number of times that traffic exceeded the limit bandwidth XXZZ 9999 XX Location number of group to send side 00 63 ZZ Location number of group to receive side 00 63 All clear 00000 49999 CCC Counter data display NOTE 1 Clear CM67 01 Number of times that traffic exceeded the warning bandwidth 00000 49999 CCC Counter data display NOTE 1 Clea...

Page 667: ...t be registered ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE Y 04 47 ST EXE BAYY YYY 2ND DATA DE Profile No 00 31 1 32 digits DE 1ST DATA Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 04 TOS Diffserv Prece dence for SIP trunk control packet TOS Type of Service 00 31 Profile number for control packet 00 07 15 PRECEDENCE 0 PRECEDENCE 7 PRECEDENCE 0 CM35 Y 134 CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 1...

Page 668: ...ol packet 00 3F NONE TOS Diffserv Prece dence No data CM35 Y 161 CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 04 NOTE 1 Set this data when the router provides DiffServ QoS if required DiffServ Differentiated Services one type of QoS QoS Quality of Service NOTE 2 When this data is set the TOS field Precedence set by CMBA Y 04 is ineffective If you want to validate the Precedence set by CMBA Y 04 set CCC data clear for CMBA Y ...

Page 669: ...selection may differ in the user s usual SIP trunk setting according to the negotiation when the SIP session is made NOTE 3 Payload size is set as per CMBA Y 22 when setting CMBA Y 21 to other than 7 Standard Mode 1 Continued on next page RESET SETTING DATA MODE HIGH SELECTION PRECEDENCE LOW 1 2 3 0 Programmable List As per CMBA Y 121 As per CMBA Y 122 As per CMBA Y 123 1 Standard Mode 2 G 711 µ l...

Page 670: ... IP Address replied from to a DNS server is used When the second data is set to 1 the SIP server IP Address assigned by CMBA Y 30 is used NOTE 2 Set the second data to 1 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 NOTE 3 When DNS resolver is used set the second data to 0 27 Whether to provide Session Refreshment when 18X provisional response is received again North America Only 8...

Page 671: ...number 00 31 Profile number for control packet 00000 65534 NONE SIP server Port number No data CM0B Y 136 CMA7 Y 71 NOTE 1 The port number of SIP server is 5060 in general NOTE 2 Set the same port numbers to the all ports in a network for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 32 Registration number representative num ber assignment 00 31 Profile number for control packet X X X ...

Page 672: ... name with charac ter 00 31 Profile number for control packet XXX X NONE SIP AoR user name Maximum 32 charac ters No data CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 46 47 54 NOTE 1 You can also confirm the SIP AoR user name set by CMBA Y 46 47 54 with this command NOTE 2 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 46 Setting of SIP AoR user name with charac ter code First 12 ch...

Page 673: ... code Middle 12 characters 00 31 Profile number for control packet XXX X NONE SIP AoR user name 24 digits 12 charac ters fixed See Character Code Table in CM77 No data CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 45 46 54 NOTE 1 You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y 45 NOTE 2 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 Continued on next page RESET JUNE 15 ...

Page 674: ... 47 NOTE 1 You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y 45 NOTE 2 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 55 Setting of SIP trunk identity header 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SIP URL tel URL SIP URL tel URL SIP URL tel URL only when the calling number is not informed SIP URL only when the calling number i...

Page 675: ...94967294 NONE 120 seconds 4294967294 seconds 3600 seconds 1hour CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 70 NOTE 1 This data setting is effective only when CMBA Y 70 is set to 0 NOTE 2 Set the time to cancel the registration after registering SIP trunk with this command to SIP server NOTE 3 When the registration has been canceled by SIP server re register to SIP server for half the period of time set by this command in c...

Page 676: ...istering to sending from the SIP server with character code 00 31 Profile number for control packet XXX X NONE Password Maximum 32 digits No data CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 75 NOTE 1 You can also confirm the Authentication password set by CMBA Y 75 with this command NOTE 2 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 75 Setting of Authentica tion password when re...

Page 677: ... Y 77 78 and 79 are used as domain name NOTE 2 When setting a character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary add the char acter code FF NOTE 3 You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y 76 NOTE 4 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 78 Setting of SIP trunk domain name for SIP URI with character code Mid...

Page 678: ...ta to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 NOTE 5 When SIP URI is 1234 nec com the part of nec com is set by this command When NONE is set by CMBA Y 77 78 and 79 IP address such as 1234 192 168 1 1 is used 82 Terminating system when recognizing called sub address North America Only 8300R4 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 Station call As per terminating syst...

Page 679: ...trol packet 0 1 P Asserted Identity P Preferred Identity CMA7 Y 71 NOTE Set the second data to 1 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 87 Stop of No Answer timer T1 timer when receiving first response 100Trying North America Only 8300R4 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 Not stopped To stop CMA7 Y 71 NOTE Set the second data to 1 for Point to Multipoint connection ...

Page 680: ...number for control packet 00 01 30 31 No Time out 1 2 seconds 59 60 seconds 1 second increment 32 seconds CMA7 Y 71 91 Provisional response code when the system receives the incoming call and starts to call the stations 0 1 7 183 Session Progress with SDP 180 Ringing with SDP 180 Ringing without SDP CMA7 Y 71 NOTE Set the second data to 0 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to...

Page 681: ...D following CMBA Y 44 User name Caller ID following CMBA Y 44 CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 44 47 54 NOTE 1 A calling name to the called party is sent when this command is set to 3 NOTE 2 Set the second data to 3 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 93 Setting of the Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN for SIP server with character 00 31 Profile number for control packet XXX X NONE Domain...

Page 682: ...nged the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA Y 99 NOTE 5 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 95 Setting of the Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN for SIP server with character code Middle 12 char acters 00 31 Profile number for control packet XXX X NONE Domain name 24 digits 12 charac ters fixed See Character Code Table in CM77 To use SIP s...

Page 683: ...e NOTE 2 When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary add the character code FF NOTE 3 You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y 93 NOTE 4 When the setting of this command is changed the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA Y 99 NOTE 5 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 97 Error respo...

Page 684: ...ned by CMBA Y 94 96 NOTE 2 For the Unit number set by the second data the IP Address of DNS server for CM0B Y 1XX 60 61 should be set NOTE 3 When the setting of this command is changed the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA Y 99 NOTE 4 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 99 Clearing the cache table 00 31 Profile number for control packet...

Page 685: ... 00 31 Profile number for control packet XXX X NONE User name 16 digits 8 charac ters fixed See Character Code Table in CM77 No data CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 72 73 100 NOTE 1 When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary add the character code FF NOTE 2 You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y 72 NOTE 3 Set the second data to NONE for Point to Multipoin...

Page 686: ...t to 0 104 Periodical resending of provisional response when receiving to SIP trunk North America Only 8300R4 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 3 To provide To provide only when 100rel is provided Not provided CMA7 Y 71 NOTE 1 0 To provide or 1 To provide only when 100rel is provided should be set when long duration ringing 3 minutes and more is provided for incoming calls to SIP trunk f...

Page 687: ... 71 NOTE Set the second data to 1 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 108 Perform registration periodically when also receiving subscriber error or authentica tion error during the registration 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 To provide Not provided CMA7 Y 71 NOTE Set the second data to 1 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 109 Respon...

Page 688: ...nt to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 112 Logic for contact header user field North America Only 8300R4 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 Random As per CMBA Y 92 CMA7 Y 71 NOTE Set the second data to 0 for Point to Multipoint connection when CMA7 Y 46 is set to 0 113 Distinctive Ringing for incoming calls from SIP trunk North America Only 8300R4 00 31 Profile number for ...

Page 689: ...fault Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 118 Resending period of REGISTER after REG ISTER sending NG North America Only 8300R4 00 31 Profile number for control packet 1 7 320 sec 60 sec CMA7 Y 71 Continued on next page RESET JANUARY 31 2012 CMBA ...

Page 690: ...26 NEC s propri etary procedure enhanced payload type T 38 UDPTL 8300R5 G 711 µ law NEC s proprietary proce dure G 711 A law NEC s proprietary proce dure G 726 NEC s propri etary procedure CODEC type is not changed for the FAX communication CMA7 Y 71 NOTE 1 This command is effective only when CM0B Y 2XX 54 is set to 1 NOTE 2 When setting the second data to NONE the changeover to the FAX communicat...

Page 691: ...Kbps G 729a 8Kbps No data CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 21 NOTE This command is effective when CMBA Y 21 is set to 0 Programmable list 122 CODEC type of SIP Trunk Second prior ity 00 31 Profile number for control packet 01 02 04 NONE G 711 µ law 64Kbps G 711 A law 64Kbps G 729a 8Kbps No data CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 21 NOTE This command is effective when CMBA Y 21 is set to 0 Programmable list 123 CODEC type of SIP Tr...

Page 692: ... only 8300R4 Reserved Get Caller ID from the Displayname field of the From header of initial INVITE mes sage only CMA7 Y 71 NOTE Set this data to 0 or 1 when calling number and calling name is displayed at the same time 127 Selection of reply for re INVITE SDP which has unsupported media only 8300R3 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 Reply with SIP status 488 and maintain ses sion Reply w...

Page 693: ...A Y 136 is set to 0 136 Selection of use the representative number as called number or not 8300R3 00 31 Profile number for control packet 0 1 Not use representative number as called num ber Use representative num ber as called number CMA7 Y 71 138 SIP trunk Location No 8300R5 00 63 NONE SIP trunk Location No As per CM0B Y 1XX 10 CMA7 Y 71 NOTE 1 When using T 38 FAX communication assign the SIP tru...

Page 694: ...r for control packet 0 1 Available Not available CMA7 Y 71 141 Handling of the received REFER mes sage for SIP trunk 8300R5 0 1 Available Not available CMA7 Y 71 142 Domain name for Request URI To header 8300R5 0 1 Domain name assigned by CMBA Y 76 79 Domain name assigned by CMBA Y 93 96 CMA7 Y 71 CMBA Y 76 79 93 96 157 Setting of from header contact header for REGISTER message 0 1 7 As per CMBA Y...

Page 695: ...ue XXX X X X NONE IP address for Pres ence Server Maxi mum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XX X 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 No data NOTE When Presence Service of SP350 is executed reset the system after setting this data 05 Whether the authenti cation for each call is allowed 1XX SIP Converter Group ID XX 01 Unit No 8300R6 software or before 01 50 Unit No 8300R7 software or later 0 1 Restricted Allowed CM1D Y 3...

Page 696: ...re or later 0 7 NONE PRECEDENCE 0 7 PRECEDENCE 6 CMBC Y 07 NOTE DiffServ Code Point DSCP assigned by CMBC Y 07 is ineffective when this command is set 07 DiffServ Code Point DSCP of SIP Con verter Control Packet 1XX SIP Converter Group ID XX 01 Unit No 8300R6 software or before 01 50 Unit No 8300R7 software or later 00 FE NONE DSCP of control packet No data CMBC Y 06 NOTE Type of Service TOS assig...

Page 697: ...hen set this data again NOTE 3 When the data for Standard SIP station or CM12 Y 97 is not assigned to the specified station in registering the terminal DATA ERROR is displayed NOTE 4 When the terminal is deleted by specifying the Standard SIP station ID while the call is in progress WAIT BUSY NOW is displayed NOTE 5 Standard SIP station without REGISTER can be accommodated only for the Main Unit U...

Page 698: ...30 There is no limitation for the port number of the computer connected to the PBX ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE ST EXE D7Y DATA DE FUNCTION DATA 1 5 digits 1 4 digits DE Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 OAI Function Key num ber for MSF TMF F1032 F1047 OAI Function key number 0 OAI Function key number 15 NOTE 1 128 191 Operation Code for MSF 192 255 Operation Co...

Page 699: ... sig nal after starting up MSF TMF 00 Setting Timer 000 001 002 003 127 8 seconds 4 seconds increments 4 seconds 8 seconds 12 seconds 508 seconds 4 Maximum number of ter minals to be in terminal mode simultaneously for MSF TMF 00 Number of terminals to be in MSF mode from a PB Tele phone 00 32 Number of terminals 01 Number of terminals to be in terminal mode TMF simultane ously per system 00 01 02...

Page 700: ...e Terminal when receiving RR signal of MSF TMF F1032 F1047 OAI Function Key No 0 OAI Function Key No 15 00 01 Not sent To send 8 Chime from Multiline Terminal when setting up TMF 00 Chime before sending terminal messages when pressing OAI Function Key 00 01 No ring Ring 02 Chime after sending terminal messages Display of guidance on Multiline Terminal when setting up TMF 01 Display of guidance bef...

Page 701: ...ng data for CMD7 Y A 01 is effective only when CMD7 Y A 00 1 Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING A AP database of FLF 00 Recognition of AP database by RR message 0 1 To provide Not provided 01 Omission of AP database for information added to RR mes sage NOTE 7 0 1 Not omitted To omit Chime from Multiline Terminal at the time ter minal mode is released 0B Chime sending out at t...

Page 702: ...Y DATA DE TYPE OF RESET 2 4 digits 4 8 digits DE Y TYPE OF RESET SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING No MEANING DATA MEANING 2 System Reset 2000 CPU Reset MM DD HH mm Current time dis played on Multiline Terminal DESKCON NOTE 1 To request the reset immediately CM02 3 Blade Reset XXZZ XX Unit No 01 50 ZZ Slot No 01 18 XXZZ XX Unit No 01 50 ZZ Slot No 01 18 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 5 IPT P2P CCIS Re...

Page 703: ...e port status The blade reset must be executed when all ports are not in use NOTE 5 Set the CME0 Y 5 00 when setting the new IPT P2P CCIS after the IPT P2P CCIS installation this data cannot be used once the reset has been executed by this data NOTE 6 This data setting has no effect on services other than related to IPT P2P CCIS even if the reset CME0 Y 5 00 is executed after the IPT P2P CCIS inst...

Page 704: ...PU and Stand by CPU are reset switched and started NOTE 10 System data copy should be executed by CMEC Y 5 before System Changeover NOTE 11 When Stand by CPU is out of order HARD WARE ERROR is displayed NOTE 12 When System Data Backup is being executed in Active CPU WAIT BUSY NOW is dis played NOTE 13 When this data is executed for the Stand by CPU under off line mode OK is displayed even though S...

Page 705: ...LE CPU MEMORY CHECK SUM DISPLAY E1 FUNCTION This command is used to display Check Sum data on CPU memory This is only for maintenance PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE To display ST E10 DE MEMORY AREA No 01 11 DE Check Sum Data 0000 FFFF is displayed CME1 ...

Page 706: ...MMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Readout service status A for each station abcdefgh a Terminal connection status 0 Connected Multiline Terminal 1 Not connected Multiline Terminal E Readout error _ Off line Not available b Make busy 0 Not set 1 Set E Readout error c Line status 0 Idle 1 Busy E Readout error _ Off line d Call Forwarding All Calls 0 Not set 1 Set e Call Forwarding Busy Line 0 Not set...

Page 707: ...ation ijklmnop i Mobility Access Dual Ringing NOTE 0 Mobility Access OFF Dual Ringing OFF 1 Mobility Access ON Dual Ringing OFF 2 Mobility Access OFF Dual Ringing ON 8300R5 3 Mobility Access ON Dual Ringing ON 8300R5 _ Not available j Day Night mode change D Day mode N Night mode A Mode A B Mode B k Number Sharing 0 Main station number Sub station number not for Num ber Sharing 1 Main station numb...

Page 708: ...TUS DISPLAY E4 Y READOUT DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING 01 Readout service status B for each station ijklmnop n ACD UCD Busy Out 0 Not set 1 Set E Readout error _ Not registered ACD UCD group o Outgoing Call Restriction 0 Not set 1 Set E Readout error CM17 Y 0 2 CME4 ...

Page 709: ...XXXXX Station number 1 8 digits NOTE 1 0 1 Make busy set In service For LC and DLC blade 1 000 511 Trunk number NOTE 2 0 1 Make busy set In service For COT DIOP ODT and BRT blade 2 XXXXXXXX Z XXXXXXXX ISDN Line Station number Z 0 B1 channel 1 B2 channel NOTE 3 0 1 Make busy set In service For BRT blade 3 000 127 ZT number 0 1 2 Make busy forced Make idle Make busy after calls finished For ZT NOTE ...

Page 710: ...ultiline make busy can be set in dividually with the same condition as mentioned above NOTE 2 For a trunk that is made busy the outgoing call is restricted but on incoming the call is available NOTE 3 For the B channel that is made busy call termination to the ISDN Telephone corresponds with the B channel is restricted but call origination is available NOTE 4 Make idle of ZT since the ZT is in mak...

Page 711: ... Outgoing Trunk LCR Group Access Code 1 4 digits Separate Mark YY YY Called No Maximum 26 digits Destination Attendant E000 8300R2 NONE No data 01 Call Forwarding Busy Line 02 Call Forwarding No Answer 03 Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer 04 Split Call Forwarding All Calls 0 Destination for Split Call Forwarding Block 0 ATT 1 Destination for Split Call Forwarding Block 1 2 Destination for Split ...

Page 712: ...onds 4 seconds increments 120 116 120 seconds NONE As per CM41 Y 0 101 50 Mobile phone number link up with a Mobility Access station number XX XX Mobile phone No Maximum 26 digits X 1 9 A NONE No data NOTE 1 Station number cannot be assigned to second data NOTE 2 When the mobile phone number has been already assigned to other station number ASSIGNED ALREADY is displayed NOTE 3 Outgoing Trunk Acces...

Page 713: ...DE SETTING DATA No PASSWORD LEVEL 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Password Level 0 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 00 FB Exclusive of 03 E7 E9 0 Allowed 1 Restricted 20 To clear all the Password Level settings for all individual commands 00 FB Exclusive of 03 E7 E9 1 All Password Levels excluding Level 7 are restricted from assign ment of designated command 21 To clear all the Pass...

Page 714: ... E8 FUNCTION This command is used to update the Access blade Line Trunk blades firmware by PCPro CAT opera tion NOTE Refer to PC Programming Manual for the access blade firmware update PRECAUTION None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE ST EXE E8Y 2ND DATA DE 1ST DATA 4 digits 1 6 digits DE JULY 17 2009 CME8 ...

Page 715: ... XX Input data when executing download XX Firmware type to down load same for the sec ond data of CM05 Y 0 NOTE 1 The appropriate access blade is reset when executing download then the firmware update starts The cycle of the Live LED becomes special cycle during updating NOTE 2 After the firmware update is completed the access blade is reset auto matically and activated NOTE 3 Refer to the PC Prog...

Page 716: ...ad the VoIPDB firmware NOTE 3 When 02 as the necessity of download the VoIPDB firmware is displayed on LCD assign the type of VoIPDB 42 44 displayed on LCD and download the VoIPDB firmware after update of the basic soft ware NOTE 4 When VoIPDB is not accommodated or PZ 64IPLA PZ 128IPLA is accommodated or PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is offline HARDWARE ERROR is displayed on LCD by reading out the VoI...

Page 717: ...y CPU FFFFFF Download is completed normal end NOTE 1 This data is effective online NOTE 2 When VoIPDB is not accommodated or PZ 64IPLA PZ 128IPLA is accommodated HARDWARE ERROR is displayed on LCD by reading out the VoIPDB firmware NOTE 3 By CAT or PCPro connected to Unit No 01 VoIPDB firmware of all units can be read out By PCPro connected to Unit No 02 50 VoIPDB firmware cannot be read out and t...

Page 718: ...ore setting the Password CME9 8 Change of Password must be set to 0 Allowed 3 CME9 9 Password Service must be set to 0 Provided after programming of all Passwords are completed ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE NOTE Password Level 7 can access all commands E9 2ND DATA EXE ST DE DE 1 8 digits 1ST DATA 1 digit Default 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS DATA MEANING 0 7 Password Level 0 Password Level 7 X XXXXX...

Page 719: ...a 00 2 See Fault Information Display in the following pages for details on how to read the fault information 3 When entering data with characters the following characters can be registered Alphabet upper case A Z alphabet lower case a z numeric 0 9 symbol _ Space hyphen period slash colon NOTE The character CCC cannot be registered ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE DATA TABLE DE ST EAY DE 1ST DATA 1 3 digits 2...

Page 720: ...MJ alarms ON MN alarms OFF Display only MJ alarms ON MN alarms ON Display only Alarm Clear 2 Fault information and external alarm Display only Fault Kind Occurrence 001 System reset NOTE 1 0 3 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 No Fault Memory store No output of Exter...

Page 721: ...M42 01 016 It is a day for periodic mainte nance 017 Activation Code error occurred during the License Activation Center Activation 021 ISDN D channel link connec tion failure 022 CCIS link connection failure NOTE 2 025 Number of lockout stations was more than predetermined number NOTE 3 026 DLC blade down 028 SMDR output buffer SRAM exceeded 80 8300R3 029 SMDR output buffer SRAM overflow 8300R3 0...

Page 722: ...MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 No Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 048 Remote System Upgrade 04A Long call duration information NOTE 6 061 VoIPDB Startup Process is fail ure 8300R4 062 Firmware version un matching between CPU blade and VoIPDB 8300R5 NOTE 7 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory ...

Page 723: ...mory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 102 DTI line failure 104 SV8300 Blade down 106 SV8300 Blade reset with CME03 107 Lack of option value 108 Lack of Highway Channel 109 Auto Blade Reset by TDM Blade Lockup 8300R3 10A CPU SRAM failure 8300R3 NOTE 8 NOTE 9 10B Restricted blade 8300R3 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store Extern...

Page 724: ...ault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 No Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 10E Illegal use of CPU blade for Remote Unit only 8300R3 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory ...

Page 725: ...larm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 No Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 112 Expansion Chassis 2U failure 8300R3 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 114 Automati...

Page 726: ...nal Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 No Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 11C Internal BUS failure on CPU Blade 8300R6 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault M...

Page 727: ...mory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 Fault Kind Restoration 031 ISDN D channel link connec tion returned to normal condi tion 0 3 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 No Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 032 CCIS link con...

Page 728: ...ory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 03B CS ZT returned to normal con dition 03C LAN application returned to normal condition NOTE 4 050 Traffic of IP network returned to normal condition from limit bandwidth excess 051 Traffic of IP network returned to normal condition from warn ing bandwidth excess 052 Communication error restora tion between Main Unit and Remote Unit NOTE 5 05...

Page 729: ...mory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alarm 2 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MJ alarm 3 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm CM08 450 CM42 01 11B Communication error restora tion between Primary Unit and Secondary Unit 8300R6 External Alarm Kind 0 Fault Memory store No output of External Alarm 1 Fault Memory store External Alarm is MN alar...

Page 730: ... 00 01 Display the call logs that are collected in the CPU or clear the logs 0 1 CCC Logs are not collected Logs are collected Log clear 02 Collection method of fault logs call logs 0 1 Not overwritten Over write 10 Whether fault logs are collected when the IP Stations login to the system or the VoIPDB is in online status 0 1 To collect Not collected 11 Terminals VoIPDB to collect fault logs NOTE ...

Page 731: ...card as follows Fault Kind 02C LAN application fault occurrence a ABOUT RLRQ U ABOUT RLRQ received b Fault detection by health check health check IP T O Fault Kind 03C LAN application returned to normal condition a Association is established AARQ received NOTE 5 Confirm the following fault information when you check Remote Unit operations by survival mode as fault information from PCPro CAT in Rem...

Page 732: ...week later NOTE 9 Failure cannot be judged correctly when SRAM data all clear by CM00 02 is never execut ed NOTE 10 Fault kind No 11E is registered when restricted remote access from unassigned Calling party No while setting remote maintenance restriction by Calling party No or restricted remote access while setting remote maintenance restriction by user operation related command CMEC Y B CM35 Y 3...

Page 733: ...tion 0 DE EA0 _ ST COMMAND S EA0 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 1 S EA0 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 2 S EA0 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 3 S EA0 4 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 4 S EA0 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 5 S EA0 6 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 6 S EA0 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 7 S EA0 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Fault Information 8 S EA0 9 XXXXX...

Page 734: ...OTE 2 025 Number of lockout stations was more than predetermined number 026 DLC blade down 028 SMDR output buffer SRAM exceeded 80 029 SMDR output buffer SRAM overflow 02B CS ZT fault occurred 02C LAN application fault occurred 040 Traffic of IP network exceeded limit bandwidth 041 Traffic of IP network exceeded warning bandwidth 042 Communication error occurrence between Main Unit and Remote Unit...

Page 735: ... failure 10B Restricted blade 10C Firmware version un matching between CPU blade and Line Trunk blade 10D Lack of Highway Channel for data communication 10E Illegal use of CPU blade for Remote Unit only 110 Communication error occurrence between active CPU and stand by CPU 112 Expansion Chassis 2U failure 114 Automatic module reset due to Expansion Chassis 2U lockup 115 Automatic system reset due ...

Page 736: ...ion 039 SMDR output buffer SRAM return to normal condition from overflow 03B CS ZT returned to normal condition 03C LAN application returned to normal condition 050 Traffic of IP network returned to normal condition from limit bandwidth excess 051 Traffic of IP network returned to normal condition from warning bandwidth excess 052 Communication error restoration between Main Unit and Remote Unit 0...

Page 737: ...to Stand by CPU by manual operation System data backup SDRAM data clear System data copy from the Main Unit to Remote Unit Day Mode Night Mode Apply Calling party No Remote Maintenance PRECAUTION 1 See Line Status Display in the following pages for details on how to read the status information 2 Line status display of a single line should not be performed while the single line is in use 3 Line sta...

Page 738: ...ne Terminal 20 IP Station Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Battery release 00 Battery release of Unit01 02 03 04 0 1 Battery released Normal operating 01 50 Unit number 1 Line status display See Line Status Display Operation X XXXXXXXX Single Line Station No or My Line No X 0 9 A B ST DE DE EC1 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX XX XX _ EC1 X XXXXXXXX Station No...

Page 739: ...TUS OF SINGLE LINE TEL STATUS OF MULTILINE TERMINAL STATUS OF IP STATION 00 Normal operation of blade NOTE Terminal is not connected or Tip wire is grounded Terminal is not connected 01 Blade is not mounted initialized NOTE Terminal is connected Terminal is connected 02 Short circuit is made on the line 03 Ring wire is grounded 04 DLC blade is not mounted 05 Terminal failure 06 DLC blade down 07 0...

Page 740: ...er of Exten sion registration NOTE 2 XXXX Decimal Display 002 Number of remain ing Numbering Plan tables CM20 Y 0 3 XXXX ZZZZ XXXX Remaining develop ment tables Decimal Display ZZZZ Total development tables Decimal Display CM20 Y 0 3 003 Number of remain ing LCR Develop ment tables CM8A Y 4000 4007 CM8A Y 4000 4007 004 Number of remain ing ID Code Pattern number tables CM2A Y 00 09 CM2A Y 00 09 00...

Page 741: ..._ EC2 002 0028 0078 _ EC2 003 0502 0502 _ EC2 004 3068 3072 _ EC2 005 3072 3072 _ EC2 006 32689 32768 _ EC2 007 0502 0502 _ Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 2 Service Informa tion Display 006 Number of remain ing number of stored call histories IC System XXXXX ZZZZZ XXXXX Remaining of stored call histories IC System Decimal Display ZZZZZ Total stored call hi...

Page 742: ...available HARD WARE ERROR is dis played NOTE 3 When copy is already being executed WAIT BUSY NOW is displayed NOTE 4 When program download to Stand by CPU is being executed WAIT BUSY NOW is dis played NOTE 5 License data can only be copied from CPU0 to CPU1 Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5 System data copy from Active CPU to Stand by CPU by manual ...

Page 743: ...E 8 Do not turn off or reset the system while SYSD LED on the CPU blade is flashing SDRAM Data Clear NOTE 9 Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y 6 0 0 after this data clear Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 6 System data backup 0 System data backup 0 1 3 Start to save Now saving Stand by NOTE 6 CM43 Y 5 Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA ...

Page 744: ...r CM08 577 is set or when the station tenant number of My Line is changed by CM12 Y 04 Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 8 System data copy from the Main unit to Remote units 00 02 50 All Remote units Remote unit No 02 Remote unit No 50 0 1 3 Start to copy system data Now copying Sys tem data copy state can be read Stand by System data copy state can ...

Page 745: ...ote Maintenance NOTE 15 This data is effective when CM35 Y 319 Restriction of Remote Maintenance via built in modem is set to 0 Default Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING B Calling party No for Remote Mainte nance 00 04 Calling party No for Remote Maintenance 0 4 XX XX NONE Calling Party No X 0 9 maximum 16 digits No data CM35 Y 319 JANUARY 31 2012 CMEC ...

Page 746: ...YYZZZ XX Unit number 01 50 YY Slot number 01 18 ZZZ Option Value number 044 In Skin UMS FAX port channel 8300R4 046 In Skin UMS Client license View Apps 8300R4 047 In Skin UMS Multi Language 001 NONE Number of limits No data 1 IP Address for Con ference blade In Skin UMS blade XXYY XX Unit number 01 50 YY Slot number 01 18 XXX XX X NONE IP Address Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 ...

Page 747: ...s data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software NOTE 2 When setting the Subnet Mask by this data a period must be entered between the numbers example 255 255 255 252 3 Default Gateway for Conference blade In Skin UMS blade XXYY XX Unit number 01 50 YY Slot number 01 18 XXX XX X NONE Default Gateway Maximum 15 digits XXX XXX XXX XXX 0 0 0 1 255 255 255 254 0 0 0 0 NOTE 1 This data cannot...

Page 748: ...used for memory changing CMF1 CPU Memory Read Write NOTE NOTE You must be extremely careful in using this command while the system is in service ST F0 DE ZXXXXXXXX DE Address Z XXXXXXXX 00000000 FFFFFFFF Address 0 F Segment Display XXXXXXXX YY YY YY YY Designated Address Data of the designated address Data of the designated address 1 Data of the designated address 2 Data of the designated address ...

Page 749: ...l Line station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B Basic memory dump data of station trunk fFX fFXXXXXXXX f Status Memory Block number 0 3 Multiline Terminal number X XXXXXXXX represents My Line number fD000 fD511 f Status Memory Block number 0 3 Trunk number fEEX fEEXXXXXXXX f Status Memory Block number 0 3 PS Line station number X XXXXXXXX fEFX B fEFXXXXXXXX B f Status Memory Block number 0 3 ISDN Line ...

Page 750: ...YY XX Unit Number 01 50 YY Channel Number 001 128 IPPN switch memory 3 0000 Memory Designation Memory dump data 0713 0841 0843 0845 0899 Main Unit Remote Unit 01 Remote Unit 02 Remote Unit 03 Remote Unit 30 XXXXXXXX Physical address 8 digits XX XX Result memory 32 digits The executed results of the latest CPU program downloading next block pointer of result memory 0714 0842 0844 0846 0900 Main Uni...

Page 751: ...XX Single Line sta tion Virtual Line station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B B Bch number ILEN only 0 B1 channel 1 B2 channel 5 X XXXXXXXX Single Line station Virtual Line station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B 1 Single Line station 2 Multiline Terminal 3 Virtual Line station 5 IP Multiline Terminal 6 X XXXXXXXX Single Line station Virtual Line station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B STS OP 0 OP 1 IP Physica...

Page 752: ...represent My Line number EFX B EFXXXXXXXX B ISDN Line station number X XXXXXXXX B channel number 0 1 D000 D511 Trunk number 9 X XXXXXXXX Single Line station Virtual Line station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B Physical Port No Single Line station Multiline Terminal Physical Port No Single Line station Multiline Terminal VEN Virtual Line station Mul tiline Terminal VEN Virtual Line station Mul tiline T...

Page 753: ...ation number X XXXXXXXX B channel number 0 1 D000 D511 Trunk number B X XXXXXXXX Single Line station Virtual Line station number 1 8 digits X 0 9 A B AA BBB CC AA 00 49 Unit number 01 50 BBB 000 191 Slot number 01 192 CC 00 31 Circuit number 01 32 NOTE BBB 018 019 is IP line trunk for soft ware slot FX FXXXXXXXX Multiline Terminal number X XXXXXXXX represents My Line number D000 D511 Trunk number ...

Page 754: ...TITLE LINE TRUNK MEMORY ALARM MEMORY READ F5 NOTE 2 Status information associated with CMF5 Y B will be displayed as shown below Display F5B X XXXX or F52 FX FXXXX YYYY or F52 D000 D511 YYYYYY 010101 501832 Physical Port No YYYY ZZZZ YYYY JULY 17 2009 CMF5 ...

Page 755: ... 00 Command Code 00 FE NONE Command code to be output Output all command codes 01 Unit Number 000 049 NONE Unit number to be output When unit number 01 is specified 000 is selected Output all Unit numbers 02 Slot number XXX NONE Slot number to be output When slot number 01 is specified 000 is selected 000 017 TDM terminal 024 026 SIP trunk 032 047 IPT P2P CCIS 128 191 IP Station Output all Slot nu...

Page 756: ... DATA 4 digits EXE Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0 Highway Channel memory read XXYYZZ XX Unit number 01 50 YY Slot number 01 18 ZZ Circuit number 01 32 XXYYYZ Display only XX Highway No 00 07 YYY Highway Chan nel No 000 127 Z Number of channel 01 08 9 Highway Channel reassignment XXYY XX Unit number 01 50 YY Lowest slot num ber in each Line Trunk chassis ...

Page 757: ...s are allocated to each slot in reset state the high way channel allocation is in a state which is not reassigned before When more than 17 channels are needed for adding blades high way channel must be reassigned by this command when high way channel number is not reassigned the channel numbers from the chan nel No 17 cannot be used NOTE After setting this command Blade Reset is required for all t...

Page 758: ...ay channel allocation of the Unit No 01 by CMF7 Y 9 Office data settings CMF79 0101 0106 CME03 0101 0101 CME03 0102 0102 CME03 0103 0103 CME03 0104 0104 CME03 0105 0105 CME03 0106 0106 Unit01 16DLC 16 Slot 01 Slot 02 Slot 03 Slot 04 Slot 05 Slot 06 16DLC 16 16DLC 16 16DLC 16 16DLC 16 8COT 8 Unit01 16DLC 16 Slot 01 Slot 02 Slot 03 Slot 04 Slot 05 Slot 06 16DLC 16 16DLC 16 16DLC 16 PRT 24 APRIL 16 2...

Page 759: ...8 Option Value read 001 002 010 011 012 016 017 018 019 020 023 024 025 043 044 045 PORT Capacity ISDN Terminals Australia North America VoIP Channels Australia North America IP Trunk IP Ports Remote Unit SIP TRK Channels Soft Phone Soft Phone ACD PS North America Only Mobility Access STD SIP Phone 8300R3 5 Embedded 32P CNF 8300R2 UMS PORT UMS FAX PORT 8300R3 UMS TTS PORT North America Australia E...

Page 760: ...152_ Above number 270 means the number of the using licenses maximum 4 digits Above number 1152 means the number of the license capacities maximum 4 digits Y 1ST DATA READOUT DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 8 Option Value read 046 047 048 049 060 UMS CLIENT 8300R3 UMS LANGUAGE 8300R2 UMS HOSPI LANG UMS TTS LANG North America Australia EU PVA PORT Australia North America 8300R2 XX XX Opti...

Page 761: ...NDICATION No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 00 Read the IP Station firmware version X XXXXXXXX IP Station No AABB CCDD Current firmware version of the IP Station for SIP Multiline Terminal AABBCCDD AA Integral No 00 99 BB First decimal No 00 99 CC Second decimal No 00 99 DD Third decimal No 00 99 0000 AABB Current firmware version of the IP Station for IP Multiline Terminal 0000AABB AA Integral...

Page 762: ...undled type Dterm SP30 DT710 DT730 DT730 DESI less DT710 DESI less DT750 MH240 8300R3 SP350 8300R4 Dterm65 Dterm Series III 8300R7 Dterm 70 75 Dterm Series E Dterm85 Dterm Series i 8300R7 Dterm 85 Dterm Series i Russian 8300R7 DT310 8300R7 DT330 8300R7 DT330 Chinese 8300R7 Asia PGD 2 U10 ADP 8300R7 Standard SIP terminal 8300R3 5 Other Logout Status Disconnected 02 Read the IP Station status X XXXX...

Page 763: ...X XXX XXX XXX 1 0 0 0 255 255 255 254 XXX XX X Z XXX XXX XXX XXX Sending destination IP address Z ICMP TYPE 0 3 11 12 NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 30 Read the IP Station number registered in Fixed Connection Mode NOTE 5 NOTE 6 000 255 Block No X XXXXXXXX CCC NONE IP Station No Clear No data 50 Read the IP Station firmware s status of automatic update 00 Status of auto matic update NOTE 7 00 01 10 N...

Page 764: ... at a destination or ping request is disregarded by firewall protection Network unreachable Host unreachable Protocol unusable Port unusable Fragmentation failed Source routing failed Destination network unknown Destination host unknown Source host isolated from network Rejection of destination network Rejection of destination host Network unreachable for TOS NOTE 3 Communication administratively ...

Page 765: ...hin TOS NOTE 4 This data cannot be set when the first digits of IP address is 0 ex 0 XXX XXX XXX NOTE 5 The station number for Fixed Connection Mode registered by CM12 Y 92 is read by this command NOTE 6 When the 2nd data is set to CCC the MAC Address of the appropriate DtermIP registered by CM12 Y 92 is cleared NOTE 7 If you want to interrupt updating or to reset count data do the following opera...

Page 766: ...it No 01 50 bb CPU program information 02 SC No 03 Official Version 04 Official Revision 06 Year Month Day 16 Type of CPU Standard CPU Remote CPU Australia North America NOTE 1 NOTE 2 17 CPU0 CPU1 recognition 8300R4 NOTE 3 22 Upgraded side of CPU blade SC No 23 Upgraded side of CPU blade Official Version 24 Upgraded side of CPU blade Official Revision 26 Upgraded side of CPU blade Year Month Day 4...

Page 767: ... first data is set to XX17 the meanings of readout data is as follows Readout data 0 CPU0 Readout data 1 CPU1 Readout data NONE Not provided Accommodated in 1U module Continued on next page Y 1ST DATA READOUT DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 10 Remote Program Information Read For Stand by CPU 8300R4 01 bb bb CPU program information 02 SC No 03 Official Version 04 Official Revision 06 Year...

Page 768: ...A 2ND DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 20 Failover Informa tion Read 8300R6 XX00 Unit operation status Display only XX Unit No 01 50 NOTE1 00 01 10 11 12 20 21 22 23 NONE Primary Unit Disconnect Primary Unit Operating normally Secondary Unit Disconnect Secondary Unit Normal mode Secondary Unit Failover mode Remote Unit Disconnect Remote Unit Normal mode Connecting to Primary Unit Remote U...

Page 769: ...CEDURE DATA TABLE ST FCYY DE 1ST DATA 4 digits DE Default Y 1ST DATA READOUT DATA No MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 01 50 Unit No 01 Unit No 50 NOTE 1 NOTE 2 0003 0103 Type of VoIPDB Hardware ID Status of VoIPDB Stand by CPU NOTE 3 02 04 42 44 NONE PZ 64IPLA PZ 128IPLA PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A VoIPDB is not accommodated VoIPDB failed to start Continued on next page JANUARY 31 2012 CMFC ...

Page 770: ...sion on the VoIPDB For Stand by CPU NOTE 3 112 Firmware version of the VoIPDB supplied with the basic software For Stand by CPU NOTE 3 b VoIPDB program information 2 SC No 3 Official Version 4 Official Revision 5 Year Month Day X XXXX XXXX VoIPDB informa tion NOTE 4 NOTE 5 0026 Latest SNTP Result NOTE 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 NONE Success Internal Error Undefined No response time out Internal Error API arg...

Page 771: ...ly when PZ 64IPLC A PZ 128IPLC A is active When VoIPDB is not accommodated or PZ 64IPLA PZ 128IPLA is accommodated HARDWARE ERROR is displayed on LCD by executing VoIPDB information read NOTE 5 Example of readout data of VoIPDB information SC 4002 CYG IPS IPLC PROG A1 Ver sion 1 00 is shown below The first data XXX2 SC No 4002 The first data XXX3 Official Version A1 The first data XXX4 Official Re...

Page 772: ...3 716 NWA 033623 001 Rev 8 1 91ch3008 fm THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY JUNE 15 2011 ...

Page 773: ...d Manual Appendix A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT This appendix contains the key number layout of each DT300 Series DT700 Series Dterm Dterm IP DESKCON DSS Console and Add On Module Refer to this appendix when you assign a key function by CM90 or CM97 NOVEMBER 12 2008 ...

Page 774: ...d One Touch Keys of the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Key Numbers DTL 12D 1D 01 02 03 04 05 06 12 11 10 09 08 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 JANUARY 31 2012 ...

Page 775: ...the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode DTL 12D 1D 8LK Key Numbers 01 02 03 04 05 06 12 11 10 09 08 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 8LK LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS JANUARY 31 2012 ...

Page 776: ...minals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode DTL 12D 1D 16LK Key Numbers 01 02 03 04 05 06 12 11 10 09 08 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 16LK LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS ...

Page 777: ...02 03 04 05 06 12 11 10 09 08 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 12LK Key Numbers DTL 12D 1D 12LK LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE1...

Page 778: ...2 18 17 11 10 16 15 09 08 14 13 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial Example 24 Line Trunk Feature Keys DTL 24D 1D LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE...

Page 779: ... 03 04 05 06 12 18 17 11 10 16 15 09 08 14 13 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 8LK LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 ...

Page 780: ... 16 15 09 08 14 13 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE17 LINE18 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11...

Page 781: ...1D Exit Help Scroll 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LINE13 LINE10 LINE14 LINE11 LINE15 LINE12 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS Front Page Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LINE13 ...

Page 782: ... Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 8LK LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LINE13 LINE10 LINE14 LINE11 LINE15 LINE12 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS Front Page Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LIN...

Page 783: ...Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 16LK LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LINE13 LINE10 LINE14 LINE11 LINE15 LINE12 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS Front Page Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 LINE09 LI...

Page 784: ...eature Keys and One Touch Keys of the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Key Numbers ITL 8LDE 1 Exit Help 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Scroll 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial LINE01 LINE05 LINE02 LINE06 LINE03 LINE07 LINE04 LINE08 JANUARY 31 2012 ...

Page 785: ... on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode The key layout of the Cordless Handset is as follows Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode DTL 12BT 1 01 02 03 04 05 06 12 11 10 09 08 07 Exit Help 90 91 Recall Feature 97 96 94 Hold Transfer Speaker 95 Answer Mic Menu Redial Key Numbers LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LI...

Page 786: ...the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 DTR 8 1 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 APRIL 16 ...

Page 787: ...d One Touch Keys of the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode DTR 8D 1 ITR 8D 1 ITR 8D 2 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 NOTE 1 LINE01 LI...

Page 788: ...ls Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 DTR 16D 1 ITR 16D 1 ITR 16D 2 NOTE 1 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LI...

Page 789: ... Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 DTR 32D 1 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE...

Page 790: ...xt page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Exit 01 03 05 07 02 04 06 08 09 11 13 15 10 12 14 16 Help 2 5 8 0 OPER TUV JKL ABC 3 6 9 DEF MNO WXYZ 1 4 7 GHI PQRS Directory Message Speaker Answer Redial Recall Feature Mic Conf Hold Transfer Dterm term Series i Series i 90 92 93 95 94 96 97 98 99 91 LINE01 LINE02 LINE09 LINE10 LINE03 LINE04 LINE11 LINE12 LINE05 LINE06 LIN...

Page 791: ...eys of the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Help Exit 1 2 3 ABC DEF 4 5 6 JKL GHI MNO 7 8 9 TUV PQRS WXYZ 0 Hold Transfer Answer Call Speaker Redial Conf Recall Feature Mic 91 90 92 93 94 98 95 96 97 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Dterm Key Numbers DTR 8D 1R LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 APRIL 16 2010 ...

Page 792: ... on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Help Exit 1 2 3 ABC DEF 4 5 6 JKL GHI MNO 7 8 9 TUV PQRS WXYZ 0 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Dterm Key Numbers DTR 16D 1R Hold Transfer Answer Call Speaker Redial Conf Recall Feature 91 90 92 93 94 98 95 96 97 Mic LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE...

Page 793: ...k Feature Keys 16 One Touch Keys DTR 32D 1R 97 96 95 98 94 93 92 90 91 13 14 15 16 09 10 11 12 05 06 07 08 01 02 03 04 Feature Recall Conf Redial Speaker Call Answer Transfer Hold Mic LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE0...

Page 794: ...Keys and One Touch Keys of the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Dterm Key Numbers Recall Feature Conf Redial Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 92 90 91 93 03 04 01 02 05 06 07 08 94 95 96 97 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 9 6 3 NEC DTP 8 1 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 APRIL 16 2010 ...

Page 795: ...eys and One Touch Keys of the Multiline Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Dterm Key Numbers Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 07 08 05 06 03 04 01 02 Recall 90 Conf 92 Redial 93 94 95 96 97 Feature 91 1 4 7 2 8 0 9 6 3 NEC DTP 8D 1 5 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 APRIL 16 2010 ...

Page 796: ...Terminals Continued on next page CM12 Y 24 7 A mode CM12 Y 24 0 B mode Same as CM12 Y 24 7 A mode Dterm Key Numbers Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 07 08 05 06 11 12 09 10 15 16 13 14 03 04 01 02 Recall 90 Conf 92 Redial 93 94 95 96 97 Feature 91 1 4 7 2 8 0 9 6 3 NEC DTP 16D 1 5 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 APRIL 16 2...

Page 797: ...ansfer Hold 92 90 91 93 03 04 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 94 95 96 97 Example 16 Line Trunk Feature Keys 16 One Touch Keys LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS DSS LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LIN...

Page 798: ...L6 12 L5 11 L4 10 L3 09 L2 08 L1 07 0 8 9 6 3 5 2 1 4 7 SRC 90 DEST 91 93 95 Answer 96 Hold 94 Release 97 Cancel Talk Position Busy Volume Night 15 01 02 03 04 13 16 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 31 32 14 23 24 LDN TIE Busy ATND NANS Recall BV Call Park SC Mute PAGE Start SN716 DESKCON NOVEMBER 12 2008 ...

Page 799: ...Rev 8 1 91apa001 fm DSS Console Key Numbers Continued on next page DCR 60 1R 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 ...

Page 800: ... Rev 8 1 91apa001 fm DSS Console Key Numbers Continued on next page 00 05 04 03 02 01 54 59 58 57 56 55 48 53 52 51 50 49 42 47 46 45 44 43 36 41 40 39 38 37 30 35 34 33 32 31 24 29 28 27 26 25 18 23 22 21 20 19 12 17 16 15 14 13 06 11 10 09 08 07 DCU 60 1 ...

Page 801: ... 033623 001 Rev 8 1 91apa001 fm DSS Console Key Numbers 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 EDW 48 2 ...

Page 802: ...Rev 8 1 91apa001 fm Add On Module Key Numbers Continued on next page 30 35 34 33 32 31 84 89 88 87 86 85 78 83 82 81 80 79 72 77 76 75 74 73 66 71 70 69 68 67 60 65 64 63 62 61 54 59 58 57 56 55 48 53 52 51 50 49 42 47 46 45 44 43 36 41 40 39 38 37 DCU 60 1 ...

Page 803: ...033623 001 Rev 8 1 91apa001 fm Add On Module Key Numbers 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 EDW 48 2 ...

Page 804: ...A 32 NWA 033623 001 Rev 8 1 91apa001 fm THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY JUNE 15 2011 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for SV8300

Panasonic KX-HDV100 Supplement For Administrator Manual preview
KX-HDV100
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 6
Panasonic KX-HDV230 Manual preview
KX-HDV230
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 17
Panasonic KX-DT521 Quick Reference Card preview
KX-DT521
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 2
Camrivox Flexor 500 Quick Install Manual preview
Flexor 500
Brand: Camrivox Pages: 4
Panasonic KX-TGP600 Important Information Manual preview
KX-TGP600
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 100
Panasonic KX-TGP600 Quick Manual preview
KX-TGP600
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 9
Panasonic KX-TGP600 Operating Instructions Manual preview
KX-TGP600
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 112
Samsung SGH-A187 Manual Del Usuario preview
SGH-A187
Brand: Samsung Pages: 123
Samsung SCH-R350 Series Manual Del Usuario preview
SCH-R350 Series
Brand: Samsung Pages: 140
Samsung SGH SGH-T429 Guía Del Usuario preview
SGH SGH-T429
Brand: Samsung Pages: 138
Samsung SCH-R200 User Manual preview
SCH-R200
Brand: Samsung Pages: 150
Samsung SGH-N100 Owner'S Manual preview
SGH-N100
Brand: Samsung Pages: 72
Samsung SCH-S738C Manual Del Usuario preview
SCH-S738C
Brand: Samsung Pages: 326
Samsung SGH C417 - Cell Phone - AT&T Manual Del Usuario preview
SGH C417 - Cell Phone - AT&T
Brand: Samsung Pages: 114
Samsung SGH-A157 Manual Del Usuario preview
SGH-A157
Brand: Samsung Pages: 136
Samsung SCH-R730 series Manual Del Usuario preview
SCH-R730 series
Brand: Samsung Pages: 134
Samsung SCH-R500 User Manual preview
SCH-R500
Brand: Samsung Pages: 190
Samsung SCH-1900 User Manual preview
SCH-1900
Brand: Samsung Pages: 34

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands